Idducdk9 PDF

Page A-1 B A
Measuring resistances from the front

of SHU/SHI 43/53/68 dishwashers
.7 Control Module -- I2
I2. 1 2
.1 .2 .4 .6 .5
3 2 1 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 .8 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.9
X1
(SHU/I 43/
53)
RD-I6-1
GYBK-a1-3
BK-I2.1-2
BN-I5-7
BN-I5-2
BN-I5-6
BN-I5-1
BN-I5-5
WHRD-e0-1
BU-I6-9
BK-I2.7-1
BU-I6-8
BU-A2
BU-I6-7
BU-I6-6
BU-A2
WH-a1-5
YE-e3
YE-e3
WH-I6-3
WH-a1-6
to Aqua Sensor
measure
to heater, Hi-Limit & flow switch
measure NTC
to hot line
resets control module & starts test program
measure rinse
to hot line
top rack (~ 55 kW @
measure only agent sensor
72ºF )
dispenser actuator (SHU/I 53/68)
actuator (SHU/I 68-- (~.4 W)
(~2150 W) only)
(~2150 W)
measure
water
level NOTE: Symbols (WH-I6-3) refer to wire
switch colors and terminal/part symbols. See circuit
to neutral (open diagram # 36 for terminal/part symbols. Wire
line circuit) colors: WH = white, BK = black, WHRD = white/
red, BU = blue, GYBK = gray/black, RD = red,
YE = yellow, BN = brown.
measure
circulation
motor HINT: Water valve and drain motor can be
(~10 W) measured from front of dishwasher without
accessing control module wire harnesses.
measure Resistances are:
drain n Water valve ~ 1 kW
motor
n Drain motor ~ 16.5 W
(~16.5 W)
1st Edition/Revision 3 Tuesday, August 8, 2000
Quick Chart Troubleshooting Test Programs Tech Manual Repair Manual
Page A-2 B A
of SHU 99 & SHV 43/48 dishwashers
Control Module -- I2 .5
I2. 2 1
.1 .2 .3 .4 .7 .8
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 .6 1 2 1 2 3 4
WHRD-e0-1
BN-I6-3
BN-I6-2
YE-e3
YE-e3
WH-I6-7
RD-I6-1
WH-I6-5
WH-I6-4
WH-I6-6
WH-I6-9
WH-I6-8
GY-e0-4
GYBK-a1-3
BU-A2
BU-A2
measure
dispenser
actuator
(~2150 W) measure
to water valve & float switch
rinse agent
measure
to hot line
sensor measure
circulation (SHV 48) NTC
motor (with (~.4 W) (~ 55 kW
door closed)
@ 72ºF)
(~10 W)
measure
drain
to motor
neutral (~16.5 W) NOTE: Symbols (WH-I6-7) refer to wire
colors and terminal/part symbols. See circuit
measure water diagram # 48 for terminal/part symbols. Wire
level switch colors: WH = white, WHRD = white/red, GY =
(open circuit) gray, BU = blue, GYBK = gray/black, RD = red,
YE = yellow, BN = brown.
measure top rack only HINT: Water valve and drain motor can be
actuator (SHV 48 only) measured from front of dishwasher without
(~2150 W) accessing control module wire harnesses.
Resistances are:
n Water valve ~ 1 kW
Page A-3 B A
of SHU 33 dishwashers
Control Module -- I2 .7
I2. 1 2 .8
.4 .6 .2 .1 .5
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BU-a1-6
BU-I6-6
BU-I6-7
BU-I6-8
BU-I6-9
WHRD-a1-1
YE-A2
YE-A2
RD-I6-1
GYBK-a1-3
BU-I6-4
BU-I6-5
measure WH-a1-5
dispenser
actuator
resets control module
& starts test program
to water valve & float switch
(~2150 W)
to hot line
measure water measure

level switch NTC
(open circuit) (~ 55 kW
@ 72ºF)
measure
drain
motor to neutral
measure
circulation (~16.5 W)
motor
(~10 W)
NOTE: Symbols (WH-a1-5) refer to wire HINT: Water valve and drain motor can be
colors and terminal/part symbols. See circuit measured from front of dishwasher without
diagram # 60 for terminal/part symbols. Wire accessing control module wire harnesses.
colors: WH = white, WHRD = white/red, BU = Resistances are:
blue, GYBK = gray/black, RD = red, YE =
yellow. n Water valve ~ 1 kW
Page A-4 B A
of SHU 303x dishwashers
Timer -- u
to thermostats GN-I6-6 A2
f3 & f4 5b 3b
GN-f3 RD-A2
to water level 5a 1
3a
switch & inlet BU-I6-4 YE-b-1 (to b1)
valve
VT-b-3 (to b3) 1

5 3
GY-I6-1
to float switch
6b 4b 2b m2
BK-m2-1
WH-b-5 GYRD-I6-8
6a
WH-I6-3 4a 2a m3
GYBK-e5-1
to flow switch
6 4 2 to flow switch
WHVT-a1-3
M
to hot line 1 WHRD-A2
~
Timer motor m1
to neutral
m2 m3 A2 1
measure measure measure see circuit /
circulation drain detergent schematic
motor motor actuator diagram # 62
(~10 W) (~16.5 W) (~2150 W) for b1 & b3
NOTE: Symbols (WH-I6-3) refer to wire HINT: Water valve and drain motor can
colors and terminal/part symbols. See circuit be measured from front of dishwasher
diagram # 62 for terminal/part symbols. Wire without accessing timer wire harnesses.
colors: WH = white, WHRD = white/red, WHVT Resistances are:
= white/violet, BU = blue, GYBK = gray/black,
BK = black, GYRD = gray/red, GY = gray, GN = n Water valve ~ 1 kW
green, RD = red, VT = violet, YE = yellow. n Drain motor ~ 16.5 W

Quick Chart Troubleshooting Tech Manual Repair Manual
Page B-1 B A
Using the test program to troubleshoot the
heater, flow switch and Hi-Limit thermostat from
the front of SHU/I 43/53/68 dishwashers
123456789012345678901234567890121234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012
123456789012345678901234567890121234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012
123456789012345678901234567890121234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012
TEST TIME NOTES
123456789012345678901234567890121234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012
123456789012345678901234567890121234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012
Entering test program ----- Press On/Off button at the same time you
press both the Power Scrub Plus & Regular
Wash buttons (SHU/I 43 models) or the Scrub
Wash & Delicate/Econo buttons (SHU/I 53 &
68 models). Indicating lights will flash.
Starting test program ----- Press both the Power Scrub Plus & Regular
Wash buttons (SHU/I 43 models) or the Scrub
Wash & Delicate/Econo buttons (SHU/I 53 &
68 models) a 2nd time.
Skipping a test ----- Press Scrub Wash button (SHU/I 43
models) or Regular Wash button (SHU/I
53 & 68 models).
Draining 30 seconds Allow dishwasher to drain.
Aqua Sensor calibration 65 seconds Not on SHU/I 43 models. Skip this test.
Filling Until water level switch closes Cant skip this test
Heating & Circulating Until water reaches 150ºF Dont run entire test (to save time) -- when
(rises ~ 2ºF/minute) water starts circulating, measure current in
main power line to dishwasher. Skip test once
current has been measured. If current is ~
11A, heater, flow switch and Hi-Limit are OK.
If current ~ 1.5-2A, turn off dishwasher,
remove or block up tank and measure
resistance of heater, Hi-Limit & flow switch
(see below).
Draining 60 seconds Last test. To end test program, press
On/Off button (all models).
185ºF
NOTE: Once its found one of these parts is faulty (from
High incoming current being 1.5 - 2A), check each part (once tank
Limit has been removed or blocked up) by measuring its
resistance at its terminals:
Heater n Heater ~ 11 W
n Hi-Limit ~ .3 W
n Flow switch ~ .4 W -- must remove microswitch
from heater housing & close its contacts to
F
measure this. A spring loaded plunger closes
Flow microswitch when water is flowing.
switch
B A
Installing jumper for control modules for

SHU/I 53 series dishwashers
Control Module Part # 266746

1 2
3 2 1 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
NOTE: Remove existing jumper from old SHU/I 53

control module and install onto new module.
This part # 266746 control module is used for all SHU/I 53 series &
SHU/I 68 series dishwashers. SHU/I 53 models use a jumper (part #
167782), while SHU/I 68 models dont. Since each control module is
shipped without a jumper, existing jumper must be used (or jumper #
167782 must be ordered separately).
This applies to SHU/I 5302, 5304, 5305, 5306, 5312, 5314, 5315 &
5316 models.
Please note this # 266746 control module replaced the module # 263832
referred to in the 1st Edition/Revision 0 of these instructions.

Page C-1 B A
SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Quick Check Chart

Use this chart to quickly identify problems from front of dishwasher without removing it.
For a complete troubleshooting chart when symptoms are known, please refer to the
SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart.
NOTE: Use a multimeter with temperature, voltage/resistance and current (ampere) probes.
Do all resistance checks with power turned off. Identify each wire color and location
at the control module before looking at this chart. For a quick reference for
measuring resistances from the front of the dishwasher, please refer to the one page
diagram Measuring Resistances from the Front of any SHU or SHI Dishwasher.
NOTE: To access wire harnesses, open door and remove outer door panel (by removing
three T20 Torx screws on each side of inner door, starting from bottom -- the top six
screws hold the fascia panel to the door). Once screws are out, close door, lift outer
door panel up and pull bottom of panel out – door panel will drop out.
NOTE: Please see circuit diagram #36 for SHU/I 43/53/68 model dishwashers and
diagram #48 for SHV 43/48 model dishwashers in the Major Appliance Technical
Manual.
NOTE: An "F" fault code in the display for SHU/I 53/68 dishwashers shows there's a filling
problem (not filling, overfilling, underfilling or water in the base). The fault code can't
be reset manually – it will reset itself 15 minutes after the dishwasher has been
turned on (after testing how it fills).
To check Measure If yes If no

ü Water valve ü Resistance through ü Valve may be OK – ü Turn off dishwasher
water valve terminals more testing may be and replace water
(≈ 1000 Ω). needed. valve.
ü Drain motor ü Lift plastic terminal ü Drain motor may be ü Turn off dishwasher
cover and measure OK – more testing and replace drain
resistance through may be needed. motor.
drain motor terminals
(≈ 16.5 Ω).
HINT: Locking type terminals HINT: The drain motor is not
are used – push a small (#1) a bilge pump – it won't
blade screwdriver into each remove water from the
terminal notch and slide dishwasher base.
terminal off at same time.
HINT: Start test program,
start any wash cycle or reset
dishwasher to run drain motor
-- see if water drains.
1st Edition/Revision 0-A Tuesday, May 11, 1999

BA Page C-2
ü Heater / flow ü Current through hot ü Heater/flow switch/Hi- ü Test each part, turn off
switch / Hi- wire into dishwasher – Limit thermostat are dishwasher and
Limit should be 10.5-11 A OK. replace defective part.
thermostat (amps).
o
(185 F)
HINT: The resistance of HINT: Don't pull out HINT: Must pull out
heater is ≈ 11 Ω, Hi-Limit dishwasher and remove tub dishwasher and remove or
thermostat is ≈ .3 Ω & flow for initial checking – only tilt/block up tub to replace
when you're certain one of parts. Bring all three parts
switch is ≈ .4 Ω. To measure
these parts has failed. before disassembling
flow switch resistance,
dishwasher and test each
remove microswitch & close HINT: Start test program part separately.
its contacts. (SHU/I models) and skip
"draining" and "Aqua Sensor HINT: The Hi-Limit
HINT: The NTC and Hi-Limit o
o Calibration" until water has thermostat (185 F) is a bi-
(185 F thermostat) are
finished filling. When heater metal self-resetting
changed as a unit. Must pull
comes on, measure current. thermostat.
out dishwasher and remove
Skip "heating & circulating"
or block up tub to replace it.
once you've measured
current to save time.
ü NTC ü At control module, ü NTC probably is OK. ü Turn off dishwasher

(temperature measure resistance and replace NTC.
probe) between two brown
wires at left of right
harness (≈ 55 kΩ at
room temperature
(72oF)).
HINT: Make sure water in HINT: The NTC and Hi-Limit
o
sump has cooled to room (185 F thermostat) are
temperature before changed as a unit. Must pull
measuring resistance. out dishwasher and remove
or block up tub to replace it.
ü Water level ü After water fills, turn off ü Water level switch is ü Turn off dishwasher
switch dishwasher and OK. and replace water
measure (SHU/I level switch.
models) between white
wire at left of 3rd HINT: For SHV models, HINT: Must pull out
harness from left and measure between white wire dishwasher and remove left
st
at right of 1 harness & white side panel to access water
2nd blue wire from left of th
wire at left of 4 harness. level switch.
4th harness from left (≈
.4 Ω).
ü Float switch ü Resistance between ü Float switch and water ü Test float switch and
white wire to water valve probably are OK. water valve, turn off
valve and white wire dishwasher and
either at right of on/off replace whatever part
switch harness (SHU/I was defective.
models) or at left of 4th
harness (SHV models)
(≈ 4Ω).

Page C-3 B A

ü Float switch HINT: Any debris (e.g. a HINT: Must pull out
(cont.). cable tie) in dishwasher base dishwasher and remove left
can move under float and turn side panel to access float
on float switch. Clean all switch.
debris from dishwasher base.
ü Aqua sensor ü Find three brown wires ü Sensor may be OK. ü Turn off dishwasher
(SHU 53-- & at far right of control and replace sensor.
68—only) module. Measure
resistance between
middle wire and left
(preferred) or right
wire (≥ 1 MΩ).
HINT: The aqua HINT: Don't check this HINT: Can also measure HINT: Must pull out
sensor does not unless customer has brought resistance between inner dishwasher and remove left
affect washability up long wash times (and has terminal (light) and either side panel to access sensor
and should not be measured them). The sensor outer terminal (sensor) of (for measuring or replacing).
replaced (unless a checks water clarity and adds sensor itself. Sensor can be pulled out of
leak has occurred a wash/rinse cycle only when sensor assembly at rear of
around it). the rinse water is still dirty. HINT: Due to nature of sump.
sensor, resistance readings
can be inconsistent.
ü Circulation ü At control module, ü Circulation motor may ü Turn off dishwasher

motor measure resistance be OK – more testing and replace circulation
(SHU/I models) may be needed (if motor.
between white/red wire debris entered
st
on 1 harness from left impeller).
nd
& 2 blue wire from
th
right on 4 harness
from left (≈ 10 Ω).
HINT: For SHV models, HINT: Debris can get in if HINT: Must pull out
measure between white/red filter basket wasn't properly dishwasher and remove or
nd
wire at left of 2 harness & screwed in and locked. Don't tilt/block up tub to remove or
th
white wire at middle of 4 remove motor to clean replace motor – do so only if
harness. impeller – remove filter certain motor has failed or
basket/screen and reach impeller is jammed with
through right side of sump debris.
into impeller.
ü Detergent ü Resistance through ü Actuator motor may be ü Turn off dishwasher

dispenser "wax" motor terminals OK – more testing and replace actuator
actuator (≈ 2150 Ω). may be needed. "wax" motor.
ü Top rack ü At control module, ü Actuator motor may be ü Turn off dishwasher
only actuator measure resistance OK – more testing and replace actuator
(SHU/I 68-- (SHU/I models) may be needed. "wax" motor.
& SHV 48-- between white wires of
rd HINT: For SHV models,
models 3 harness (from left) - measure between white/red
only). - (≈ 2150 Ω). nd
wire at left of 2 harness &
th
white wire at middle of 4
harness.

BA Page C-4

ü Control ü Run test program ü Module may be OK – ü Go to troubleshooting
module (SHU/I models) and more testing may be chart and check
check if indicator needed. whether module or
lights/displays come another part is faulty.
on and all buttons click
(and resist a bit when
pressed).
ü Rinse aid ü At control module, ü Level switch probably ü Check to see if rinse
dispenser measure resistance is OK. aid dispenser is
level switch between two yellow empty. If not, turn off
nd
(SHU 53/68 & wires (2 harness dishwasher and
SHV 48— from right) -- (≈ .4 Ω). replace level switch.
models only)
NOTE: The following parts can't be serviced from the front of the dishwasher (the dishwasher
must be pulled out and the tank removed or tilted/blocked up to replace them):
• Heater
• Circulation motor
• Aqua sensor ("Sensotronic")
• NTC (temperature probe)/Hi-Limit (185oF) thermostat
NOTE: You will need a T20 Torx screwdriver and may need #1/ #2 flat blade screwdrivers
and a pair of needlenose pliers. Many parts can be snapped out without using tools.
NOTE: On SHU/I 43/53/68 models, run test program to identify dishwasher problems (please
see page F-1). The test can run more than one hour (to get temperature up to
150oF), but tests can be cancelled to greatly shorten testing time. The test program
allows draining, filling, circulating and heating to be checked more quickly than
running a standard wash cycle.
To use test program for troubleshooting, measure voltages/currents as parts come

on. For example, run heating test and measure current coming into dishwasher – if
current ≈ 11A, Hi-Limit, heater and flow switch are OK. If not, check each part to see
which one failed. This test saves time since you can't get to these parts without
removing the tank and can't run resistance checks from front of dishwasher because
flow switch stays open. Please see page B-1 on using test program to troubleshoot
heater, flow switch and Hi-Limit.

Page C-5 B A

NOTE: To cancel/drain dishwasher while it's cycling, press and hold the following
buttons (until dishwasher starts to drain):
G SHU/I 43-- & SHV 43/48 G Press and hold "Regular Wash" & "Power
Scrub Plus" buttons
G SHU/I 53/68 G Press and hold "Scrub Wash" &

"Delicate/Economy" buttons until "CL"
shows on display
▲ WARNING!
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD (120 VAC)
• TURN OFF ELECTRICAL POWER AT THE CIRCUIT BREAKER OR FUSE BOX BEFORE
DISASSEMBLING OR REPAIRING THE DISHWASHER.
• MAKE SURE THE DISHWASHER IS ELECTRICALLY GROUNDED.
• USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY FOR ALL WIRING OR REWIRING. FAILURE TO
FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.

Page D-1 B A
SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart
NOTE: For minor problems from improper usage or lack of maintenance, please refer
customer to the Self-Help chart in their Use and Care Manual.
Problem Possible Cause Suggested Action

ü Washability ü Inappropriate dishwasher ü Instruct customer to use a powdered
problems detergent used. dishwasher detergent (e.g. Cascade
(dishwasher powder).
won't clean
ü Blocked or clogged upper/ ü Check spray arms – clean or replace
properly)
lower spray arms. as needed.
ü Water doesn't circulate ü Twist and remove filter, then remove
properly due to debris in debris from right side of sump where
circulation motor impeller. water enters circulation pump impeller.
If debris has jammed impeller, turn off
and pull out dishwasher, remove tank,
remove circulation motor and unscrew
and clean out impeller.
HINT: If impeller is damaged, replace entire
impeller assembly or it won't seal adequately.
ü Filter not locked down ü Twist and remove filter, then remove
securely, allowing debris to debris from sump. Instruct customer to
enter sump. twist and lock filter (cylinder) securely
into sump.
o
CAUTION: Use caution when HINT: Due to high temperature rinse (161 F)
removing debris from sump to avoid breaking down food debris and triple filtering
being cut by sharp debris such as system trapping food debris, filters shouldn't
aluminum can tabs or broken glass. normally clog up. Problem often caused by filter
not being securely locked down. Instruct
customer to twist and lock filter (cylinder)
securely into dishwasher sump.
HINT: Water level will ü Drain hose behind ü Loop drain hose behind the dishwasher
not affect washability as dishwasher doesn't have an (with the top of the loop) at least 20"
water fill is measured by adequate loop. above the floor.
pressure, not time –
water level cannot be ü Partially clogged air gap, ü Unclog sink air gap.
adjusted. allowing wastewater from
prior washes to circulate in NOTE: Cleaning sink air gaps is not covered
under warranty.
dishwasher.
ü Water doesn't drain properly ü See Water doesn't drain properly on
page D-3.
ü Soap doesn't enter ü Turn off dishwasher and test actuator –
dishwasher due to dispenser replace if faulty.
actuator (A 2) failure.
1st Edition/Revision 0-B Wednesday, August 9, 2000

BA Page D-2

ü Washability HINT: Must pull out dishwasher and HINT: One "wax" motor operates both the
problems remove left side panel to access float detergent and rinse aid dispensers through a
(dishwasher switch. mechanical linkage. The system always resets
won't clean when door closes. Check linkage by moving it
properly) (cont.) manually. Check "wax" motor by running a
continuity check on its terminals.
ü Suds or foam ü Too much detergent used. ü Instruct customer to use less.
remains in
ü Improper detergent used ü Instruct customer to use a powdered
dishwasher.
(other than powdered dishwasher detergent (e.g. Cascade
dishwasher detergent). powder).
ü Dishwasher doesn't drain ü See Water doesn't drain properly on
properly. page D-3.
ü Dishes won't dry ü Rinse aid not used. ü Instruct customer on using rinse aid –
properly. dishes won't dry without it.
ü Dishwasher has ü Standing water in dishwasher ü Unclog air gap. Make sure top of drain
an odor. sump. hose loop (behind dishwasher) is at
least 20" above floor (add a loop in
hose if there isn't one).
HINT: Water level in sump should
be at or below drain motor cover.
ü Standing water in dishwasher ü Turn off dishwasher, drain water

base. manually from dishwasher base and
correct source of water leakage.
ü Minerals in customer water ü Recommend customer to get water
supply. tested and use an appropriate water
softener.
ü Food debris in dishwasher ü Clean dishwasher filters.
filters.
ü Dishwasher ü Dishwasher not turned on. ü Turn on/off switch on.
won't run or ü No power to dishwasher. ü Check customer circuit breaker, fuse
indicator lights box or power connections.
won't come on.
ü Door ajar or on/off switch ü Turn off dishwasher and check door or
failed. on/off switch -- adjust or replace them.
ü Door latch has broken. ü Turn off dishwasher and replace door
latch – instruct customer to not pull on
door without pulling latch.
ü Indicator light failed. ü Run test program to see if light failed
(for SHU/I 43/53/68 models only – see
page F-1). If so, turn off dishwasher
and replace indicator light.
1st Edition/Revision 0-B Wednesday, August 9, 2000

Page D-3 B A

ü Dishwasher ü Water in dishwasher base ü Turn off dishwasher, drain water
won't stop filling from leaky or loose hose. manually from dishwasher base and
or won't stop reinstall or replace hose.
draining. ü Dishwasher isn't level, ü Level dishwasher using front and rear
causing float switch (e 6) to leveling legs (see customer dishwasher
operate. installation instructions).
ü Float switch or diaphragm ü Turn off dishwasher and replace float
(e6) failed. switch or diaphragm.
ü Debris in dishwasher base ü Turn off dishwasher and remove debris
activated float switch (e6). from dishwasher base
ü Water doesn't ü Kink in drain hose. ü Straighten or replace drain hose.
drain properly. ü Dishwasher filter(s) or sump ü Clean dishwasher filters or sump.
clogged.
ü Drain motor impeller clogged. ü Turn off dishwasher, remove drain
motor cover (in sump) and clean
impeller. If necessary, remove drain
motor to clean impeller.
CAUTION: Use caution ü Kitchen sink or sink air gap ü Unclog sink or sink air gap.
when removing debris clogged.
from sump to avoid being NOTE: Cleaning sink air gaps or sinks are not
cut by sharp debris such covered under warranty.
as aluminum can tabs or
broken glass. ü Drain motor (m 3) failed. ü Turn off dishwasher and measure
resistance at motor terminals (≈ 16.5
Ω). Replace faulty motor.
ü Timer (SHU 30/40 models) or ü Check voltage at and wiring to timer or
module (all other models) module. Turn off dishwasher and
failed. replace faulty timer or module (for
SHU/I 43/53 models, install existing
module jumper onto new module).
ü Improper drain connection ü Install drain height and sink air gap
height (< 20" or 508mm according to local codes.
above floor).
ü Water fills too ü Low customer water supply ü Adjust customer water supply pressure
slowly. pressure. (to 5-20 psi or 0.3-8.27 bars).
ü Inadequate customer water ü Install appropriate piping to dishwasher
supply piping. (minimum 3/8" copper tanking)
according to local codes.
ü Scale in customer supply ü Clean or replace clogged piping/parts
piping or dishwasher and have customer get water tested
piping/parts from hard water. and use appropriate water softener.

BA Page D-4

ü Water won't fill. ü Customer water supply ü Reconnect and turn on customer water
turned off or disconnected. supply.
ü Water valve (s2) failed. ü Check resistance @ water valve
terminals (≈ 1000 Ω). Turn off
dishwasher and replace faulty valve.
NOTE: An "F" fault code
in the display for SHU/I ü Water level switch (f 1) failed. ü Turn off dishwasher and replace faulty
53/68 dishwashers level switch.
shows there's a filling ü Timer (SHU 30/40 models) or ü Check voltage at and wiring to timer or
problem (not filling, over- module (all other models) module. Turn off dishwasher and
filling, underfilling or water in replace faulty timer or module (for
failed.
the base). The fault code
can't be reset manually –
it will reset itself 15 module jumper onto new module).
minutes after the ü Water in dishwasher base ü Turn off dishwasher, drain water
dishwasher has been operated float switch (e 6). manually from dishwasher base, find
turned on (after testing source of leaking water and fix water
how it fills). leak.
ü Detergent or ü Dispenser actuator (A 2) ü Turn off dishwasher and replace
rinse aid won't failed. actuator.
dispense ü Detergent dispenser door is ü Free jammed detergent dispenser
properly. jammed. door.
ü Refill rinse aid ü Rinse aid level switch (reed ü Turn off dishwasher and replace reed
light won't come switch e 3) failed. switch.
on (SHU/I 53/68 &
SHV 48 models).
ü Water doesn't ü Circulation motor (m2) failed. ü Turn off dishwasher and replace motor.
circulate. ü Timer (SHU 30/40 models) or ü Check voltage at and wiring to timer or
ü Water doesn’t ü Hi-Limit (f5) tripped and failed ü Run test program (SHU/I 43/53/68
heat up properly. to reset. models) – measure current to
dishwasher. If current ≈ 11A, Hi-Limit
is OK. If not (and for all other models),
turn off dishwasher and measure
resistance @ Hi-Limit terminals (≈ .3
Ω). Replace faulty Hi-Limit.
ü NTC (temperature sensor) ü Turn off dishwasher and check
o
failed. resistance of NTC (≈ 55 kΩ @ 72 F).
Replace faulty NTC.
o o
ü 140 F (f 3) or 161 F (f4) ü Turn off dishwasher and replace faulty
thermostat (SHU 30/40 thermostat.
models) failed.

Page D-5 B A

ü Water doesn’t ü Heater (r 1) failed. ü Run test program (SHU/I 43/53/68
heat up properly models – see page B-1) – measure
(cont.). current to dishwasher. If current ≈
11A, heater is OK. If not (and for all
other models), turn off dishwasher and
measure heater resistance (≈ 11 Ω).
Replace faulty heater.
ü Water flow switch (e 5) failed. ü Run test program (SHU/I 43/53/68
models – see page B-1) – measure
current to dishwasher. If current ≈
11A, flow switch is OK. If not, remove
flow switch microswitch, close its
contacts & measure its resistance (≈ .4
Ω). Replace faulty flow switch.
ü Timer (SHU 30/40 models) or ü Check voltage at and wiring to timer or
ü Dishwasher cycle ü Customer hot water supply ü Adjust hot water supply according to
o
runs too long, yet isn't hot enough (< 140 F/ local codes.
o
dishwasher 60 C).
washes, rinses
and shuts off OK.
ü Water leaks from ü Blocked or clogged upper or ü Check spray arms – clean or replace
front of lower spray arms. as needed.
dishwasher. ü Excessive foaming. ü See Suds or foam remains in
dishwasher on page D-2.
ü Damaged door gasket.
ü Install new door gasket, providing an
extra 1" – 1-1/4" on each side to cover
bottom of tank (for a dam to prevent
leaking from splashing water at bottom
corners of tank).
HINT: Original gasket was longer to provide a
dam for tank corners. Do not trim gasket flush
with sides of tank or leaking may occur.
NOTE: Use a multimeter with temperature, voltage/resistance and current (ampere) probes.
Do all resistance checks with power turned off. Identify each wire color and location
at the control module before looking at this chart. For a quick reference for
measuring resistances from the front of the dishwasher, please refer to the one page
diagram Measuring Resistances from the Front of any SHU or SHI Dishwasher.

BA Page D-6

NOTE: You will need a T20 Torx screwdriver and may need #1/ #2 flat blade screwdrivers
and a pair of needlenose pliers. Many parts can be snapped out without using tools.
HINT: Symbols for parts (e.g. " f3" or " e6 " ) refer to schematic diagram #36 on page E-1
and #48 on page E-2.
NOTE: The following parts can't be serviced from the front of the dishwasher (the dishwasher
must be pulled out and the tank removed or tilted/blocked up to replace them):
• Heater
• Circulation motor
• Aqua sensor ("Sensotronic")
• NTC (temperature probe)/Hi-Limit (185oF) thermostat
NOTE: On SHU/I 43/53/68 models, run test program to identify dishwasher problems (see
test program guide on page F-1). The test can run more than one hour (to get
temperature up to 150oF), but tests can be cancelled to greatly shorten testing time.
The test program allows draining, filling, circulating and heating to be checked more
quickly than running a standard wash cycle.
To use test program for troubleshooting, measure voltages/currents as parts come

on. For example, run heating test and measure current coming into dishwasher – if
current ≈ 11A, Hi-Limit, heater and flow switch are OK. If not, check each part to see
which one failed. This test saves time since you can't get to these parts without
removing the tank and can't run resistance checks from front of dishwasher because
flow switch stays open. Please see page B-1 on using test program to troubleshoot
heater, flow switch and Hi-Limit.
NOTE: To cancel/drain dishwasher while it's cycling, press and hold the following buttons
(until dishwasher starts to drain):
G SHU/I 43-- & SHV 43/48 G Depress and hold "Regular Wash" & "Power
Scrub Plus" buttons
G SHU/I 53/68 G Depress and hold "Scrub Wash" &

"Delicate/Economy" buttons until "CL"
shows on display
NOTE: Jumpers aren't included with replacement modules. For SHU/I 43/53 models, take
jumper off old module and put it on new module.
NOTE: An "F" fault code in the display for SHU/I 53/68 dishwashers shows there's a filling
problem (not filling, overfilling, underfilling or water in the base). The fault code can't
be reset manually – it will reset itself 15 minutes after the dishwasher has been
turned on (after testing how it fills).

Page D-7 B A

NOTE: The customer hot water supply should meet or exceed the minimum requirements
below for the dishwasher to operate efficiently. Installations not meeting these
requirements should be reinstalled according to local codes.
• 20-60 psi (1.4 - 4.1 bars) water pressure

• 140oF (60oC) water temperature (recommended)
• minimum 3/8" (9.5 mm) flexible stainless steel or copper tanking inlet line
▲ WARNING!
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD (120 VAC)
• TURN OFF ELECTRICAL POWER AT THE CIRCUIT BREAKER OR FUSE BOX BEFORE
DISASSEMBLING OR REPAIRING THE DISHWASHER.
• MAKE SURE THE DISHWASHER IS ELECTRICALLY GROUNDED.
• USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY FOR ALL WIRING OR REWIRING. FAILURE TO
FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.

Page F-1A B A
SHI/U 43/53/68 Dishwasher Test Programs

TEST* TIME NOTES
Draining 30 seconds
Aqua Sensor 65 seconds Not on SHI/U 43-- models
("Sensotronic") Calibration
Filling Until Water Level Switch (f1) closes Can't skip this test
º º
Heating & Circulating Until water temperature reaches 150 F (65 C) Dispenser actuator comes on
Draining 60 seconds
* To skip a test: SHI/U 43 models Press SCRUB WASH button.

SHI/U 53/ 68 models Press REGULAR WASH button.
SHI/U 43—MODELS
To start test program, press and hold both POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH program buttons, then turn unit
on by pressing ON/OFF button. When program buttons are released, lights above them will flash. To end test program,
press ON/OFF button.
To check each program indicator light, press its button.
To start testing, press both POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH buttons a second time. When testing has
ended and a fault was detected, the following indicator lights will be lit:
WASH = Heater fault
RINSE/DRY = Water filling fault (over or under filling)
CLEAN = NTC (temperature sensor) fault – note circulation motor stops shortly after it started during an
NTC fault
To check for heater, high limit or flow switch problems, start testing until heating starts. Using a meter with a current coil,
measure current going into dishwasher. If current is ~ 11 A, then heater, high limit and flow switch are OK. If current stays
at ~ 1.5-2 A, then heater, high limit or flow switch are faulty.
If water level switch (f 1 ) has failed (opened), RINSE/DRY light will come on and unit will continually fill and drain where
º
testing won't be completed. If flow switch (e 5 ) has failed (opened), water won't heat (to 150 F) and water won’t stop
circulating. If NTC probe (f 2 / f 4 ) has failed (opened), CLEAN light will come on immediately and testing will end shortly
after water has started circulating.
If more than one fault occurs, more than one light will be lit.
SHU 43 models program buttons & indicator lights:

Power Scrub Regular Rinse Wash Rinse/ Clean
Scrub Wash Wash & Hold Dry
Plus
¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢
See page F-
1B for SHU
4322/4326
models, F-1C
for SHU 53
models and
page F-1D
l l
for SHI/U 68
models Cancel
Drain
1st Edition/Revision 2 Tuesday, June 27, 2000

Page F-1B B A

TEST* TIME NOTES
Draining 30 seconds
º º
Draining 60 seconds

SHU 4322 & 4326 MODELS
To start test program, press and hold both REGULAR WASH and RINSE & HOLD program buttons, then turn unit on by
pressing ON/OFF button. Initially, control module version # will be displayed (e.g./ “20” = version 0 without jumper). When
wash program buttons are released, lights above them will flash. To end test program, press ON/OFF button.
To check each program indicator light, press its button. To check Cycle Countdown display, Refill Rinse Agent light and
REGULAR WASH light, press REGULAR WASH button (press Delay Start button to test Cycle Countdown display
alone). Cycle Countdown display will show "88" when REGULAR WASH button is pressed and "8h" when Delay Start
button is pressed.
To start testing, press both the REGULAR WASH and RINSE & HOLD buttons a second time. When testing has ended,
Cycle Countdown display will show a fault using codes below. If more than one fault occurs, code numbers will be added
together, (e.g./ “6” = faults 2 + 4).
0 = No faults detected 2 = Heating fault 8 = NTC (temperature sensor) fault

1 = Aqua Sensor ("Sensotronic") fault 4 = Filling fault F = Filling fault (display occurs during wash, not test)
If water level switch (f 1 ) has failed (opened), display will show fault code "4" and unit will continually fill and drain where
º
testing won't be completed. If flow switch (e 5 ) has failed (opened), display will show "0", water won't heat (to 150 F) and
water won’t stop circulating. If NTC probe (f 2 / f 4 ) has failed (opened), display will show fault code "8" immediately and
testing will end shortly after water has started circulating.
SHU 4322/4326 models program buttons & indicator lights:
Cycle Countdown Power Regular Delicate Rinse Refill
Scrub Wash /Econo & Hold Rinse
Plus Agent
20 ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢
See page F-
1A for SHI/U
43 models, F-
1C for SHU
53 models
and page F- l l
1D for SHI/U
68 models Cancel
Drain

Page F-1C B A

TEST* TIME NOTES
Draining 30 seconds
º º
Draining 60 seconds

SHU 53 MODELS
To start test program, press and hold both SCRUB WASH and DELICATE/ECONO program buttons, then turn unit on by
pressing ON/OFF button. Initially, control module version # will be displayed (e.g./ “21” = version 1 with jumper). When
button is pressed.
To start testing, press both the SCRUB WASH and DELICATE/ECONO buttons a second time. When testing has ended,

º
Cycle Countdown Power Scrub Regular Delicate Rinse Refill
Scrub Wash Wash /Econo & Hold Rinse
Plus Agent
21 ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢
See page F-1A

for SHI/U 43
models, F-1B
for SHU
4322/4326
models and
page F-1D for l l
SHI/U 68
models Delay Cancel
Start Drain
Hours

Page F-1D B A

TEST* TIME NOTES
Draining 30 seconds
º º
Draining 60 seconds

SHI/U 68-- MODELS

To start test program, press and hold both SCRUB WASH and DELICATE/ECONO program buttons, then turn unit on by
pressing ON/OFF button. Initially, control module version # will be displayed (e.g./ “20” = version 0 without jumper). When
button is pressed.
To start testing, press both SCRUB WASH and DELICATE/ECONO buttons a second time. When testing has ended,

º
Cycle Countdown Power Scrub Regular Delicate Quick Rinse Refill
Scrub Wash Wash /Econo Wash & Hold Rinse
Plus Agent
20 ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢
See page F-
1A for SHI/U
43 models, F-
1B for SHU
4322/4326
models and
page F-1C l l
for SHU 53 Delay Top Cancel
models Start Rack Drain
Hours Only

Page F-2 B A
SHV 43/48 Dishwasher Test Program

TEST* TIME NOTES
Draining 30 seconds
Filling Until Water Level Switch (f1) closes Input current < 1 A
Heating & Circulating Until water temperature reaches Input current ~ 11 A and
º º
(water circulates before unit stops filling) 150 F (65 C) dispenser actuator comes on
Draining 60 seconds
* To skip Heating & Circulating test: SHV 43/48 models Press SCRUB WASH button.
SHV 43/48 MODELS
press ON/OFF button. NOTE: TO ENABLE LIGHTS TO COME ON, DOOR MUST BE OPENED.
To check program indicator lights (POWER SCRUB PLUS, SCRUB WASH, REGULAR WASH and RINSE & HOLD),
press and hold each program button. When SCRUB WASH program button is pressed, CLEAN and REFILL RINSE
AGENT lights also come on (for SHV 4803 models) or CLEAN light also comes on (for SHV 4303 models). NOTE: TO
ENABLE LIGHTS TO COME ON, DOOR MUST BE OPENED.
POWER SCRUB PLUS = Heater fault
SCRUB WASH = Water filling fault (over or under filling)
REGULAR WASH = NTC (temperature sensor) fault – note circulation motor stops shortly after it started
during an NTC fault
If water level switch (f 1 ) has failed (opened), SCRUB WASH light will come on and unit will continually fill and drain where
º
circulating. If NTC probe (f 2 / f 4 ) has failed (opened), REGULAR WASH light will come on immediately and testing will
end shortly after water has started circulating. NOTE: TO ENABLE LIGHTS TO COME ON, DOOR MUST BE OPENED.
SHV 4303 models program buttons & indicator lights:
¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢
Clean Power Scrub Regular Rinse
Scrub Wash Wash & Hold
Plus
SHV 4803 models program buttons & indicator lights:
¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢
Clean Refill Top Power Scrub Regular Rinse
Rinse Rack Scrub Wash Wash & Hold
Agent Only Plus
1st Edition/Revision 0-A Monday, April 24, 2000

Page F-3A B A
SHU 99 Dishwasher Test Program

TEST* TIME NOTES
Draining 30 seconds
º º
Draining 60 seconds
*To skip Heating & Circulating test:

SHU 9902/9905/9906 (Millennium) models Press SCRUB WASH button.
SHU 991x/2x (Integra) models Press SCRUB WASH button.
SHU 9902/9905/9906 (Millennium) MODELS

press and hold each program button. When SCRUB WASH program button is pressed, CLEAN light also comes on.
during an NTC fault
º
end shortly after water has started circulating.
SHU 9902/9905/9906 (Millennium) models program buttons & indicator lights:
¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢
Plus
See page F-3B for SHU 991x/992x (Integra) Models
1st Edition/Revision 1 Monday, October 9, 2000

Page F-3B B A

TEST* TIME NOTES
Draining 30 seconds
º º
Draining 60 seconds
*To skip Heating & Circulating test:

SHU 9902/9905/9906 (Millennium) models Press SCRUB WASH button.
SHU 991x/992x (Integra) models Press SCRUB WASH button.
SHU 991x/992x (Integra) MODELS

press and hold each program button. When SCRUB WASH program button is pressed, CLEAN light also comes on and
an audible tone (“beep”) also occurs.
during an NTC fault
º
end shortly after water has started circulating.
SHU 991x/992x (Integra) models propgram buttons & indicator lights:
¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢

Plus
See page F-3A for SHU 9902/9905/9906 (Millennium) Models
1st Edition/Revision 1 Monday, October 9, 2000

Page F-4 B A

TEST* TIME NOTES
Draining 30 seconds
º º
Draining 60 seconds
* To skip Heating & Circulating test: SHU 33 models Press REGULAR WASH button.
SHU 33 MODELS
To start test program, press and hold both POWER SCRUB PLUS and RINSE & HOLD program buttons, then turn unit on
by pressing ON/OFF button. When program buttons are released, lights above them will flash. To end test program, press
ON/OFF button.
To check program indicator lights (POWER SCRUB PLUS, REGULAR WASH and RINSE & HOLD), press and hold each
program button. When REGULAR WASH program button is pressed, CLEAN light also comes on.
To start testing, press both POWER SCRUB PLUS and RINSE & HOLD buttons a second time. When testing has ended
and a fault was detected, the following indicator lights will be lit:
REGULAR WASH = Water filling fault (over or under filling)
RINSE & HOLD = NTC (temperature sensor) fault – note circulation motor stops shortly after it started
during an NTC fault
If water level switch (f 1 ) has failed (opened), REGULAR WASH light will come on and unit will continually fill and drain
º
where testing won't be completed. If flow switch (e 5 ) has failed (opened), water won't heat (to 150 F) and water won’t stop
circulating. If NTC probe (f 2 / f 4 ) has failed (opened), RINSE & HOLD light will come on immediately and testing will end
shortly after water has started circulating.

Clean Power Regular Rinse
Scrub Wash & Hold
Plus
¢ ¢ ¢ ¢
l l
Cancel
Drain
1st Edition/Revision 0-A Monday, April 24, 2000

H
Major Appliances Technical Manual
For: BOSCH
Effective August 1, 2000 2nd Edition/Rev. 1
This BSH Major Appliances Technical Manual supersedes all BSH Major Appliances
Technical Manuals previously published.
BSH Home Appliances

5551 McFadden Avenue
Huntington Beach, CA 92649
A B
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MODEL CIRCUIT WIRING TIMING TEST
DIAGRAM DIAGRAM DIAGRAM PROGRAM
DISHWASHERS
SHI 4302 UC/06 ....................................................... 36 37 – 40
SHI 4302 UC/10 ....................................................... 36 37 – 40
SHI 4306 UC/06 ....................................................... 36 37 – 40
SHI 4306 UC/10 ....................................................... 36 37 – 40
SHI 6802 UC/06 ....................................................... 36 39 – 40
SHI 6802 UC/10 ....................................................... 36 39 – 40
SHI 6805 UC/06 ....................................................... 36 39 – 40
SHI 6805 UC/10 ....................................................... 36 39 – 40
SHI 6806 UC/06 ....................................................... 36 39 – 40
SHI 6806 UC/10 ....................................................... 36 39 – 40
SHU 3002 UC/06 ..................................................... 33 34 35 –
SHU 3006 UC/06 ..................................................... 33 34 35 –
SHU 3012 UC/06 ..................................................... 33 34 35 –
SHU 3016 UC/06 ..................................................... 33 34 35 –
SHU 3032 UC/06 ..................................................... 62 63 64 –
SHU 3032 UC/10 ..................................................... 62 63 64 –
SHU 3036 UC/06 ..................................................... 62 63 64 –
SHU 3036 UC/10 ..................................................... 62 63 64 –
SHU 3302 UC/06 ..................................................... 60 61 – 67
SHU 3302 UC/10 ..................................................... 60 61 – 67
SHU 3305 UC/06 ..................................................... 60 61 – 67
SHU 3305 UC/10 ..................................................... 60 61 – 67
SHU 3306 UC/06 ..................................................... 60 61 – 67
SHU 3306 UC/10 ..................................................... 60 61 – 67
SHU 4002 UC/06 ..................................................... 41 42 43 –
SHU 4002 UC/10 ..................................................... 41 42 43 –
SHU 4006 UC/06 ..................................................... 41 42 43 –
SHU 4006 UC/10 ..................................................... 41 42 43 –
SHU 4016 UC/06 ..................................................... 41 42 43 –
SHU 4016 UC/10 ..................................................... 41 42 43 –
SHU 4022 UC/06 ..................................................... 41 42 43 –
SHU 4022 UC/10 ..................................................... 41 42 43 –
SHU 4026 UC/06 ..................................................... 41 42 43 –
SHU 4026 UC/10 ..................................................... 41 42 43 –
SHU 4036 UC/06 ..................................................... 41 42 43 –
SHU 4036 UC/10 ..................................................... 41 42 43 –
SHU 4302 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 37 – 40
SHU 4302 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 37 – 40
SHU 4306 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 37 – 40
SHU 4306 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 37 – 40
SHU 4312 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 37 – 40
SHU 4312 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 37 – 40
SHU 4316 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 37 – 40
SHU 4316 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 37 – 40
i
A B
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MODEL CIIRCUIT WIRING TIMING TEST
SHU 5302 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 38 – 40
SHU 5302 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 38 – 40
SHU 5304 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 38 – 40
SHU 5304 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 38 – 40
SHU 5305 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 38 – 40
SHU 5305 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 38 – 40
SHU 5306 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 38 – 40
SHU 5306 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 38 – 40
SHU 5312 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 38 – 40
SHU 5312 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 38 – 40
SHU 5314 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 38 – 40
SHU 5314 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 38 – 40
SHU 5315 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 38 – 40
SHU 5315 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 38 – 40
SHU 5316 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 38 – 40
SHU 5316 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 38 – 40
SHU 6802 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 39 – 40
SHU 6802 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 39 – 40
SHU 6805 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 39 – 40
SHU 6805 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 39 – 40
SHU 6806 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 39 – 40
SHU 6806 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 39 – 40
SHU 9902 UC/06 ..................................................... 48 49 – 66
SHU 9902 UC/10 ..................................................... 48 49 – 66
SHU 9905 UC/06 ..................................................... 48 49 – 66
SHU 9905 UC/10 ..................................................... 48 49 – 66
SHU 9906 UC/06 ..................................................... 48 49 – 66
SHU 9906 UC/10 ..................................................... 48 49 – 66
SHU 9912 UC/06 ..................................................... 48 49 – 66
SHU 9912 UC/10 ..................................................... 48 49 – 66
SHU 9915 UC/06 ..................................................... 48 49 – 66
SHU 9915 UC/10 ..................................................... 48 49 – 66
SHU 9916 UC/06 ..................................................... 48 49 – 66
SHU 9916 UC/10 ..................................................... 48 49 – 66
SHV 4303 UC/06 ...................................................... 48 49 – 65
SHV 4303 UC/10 ...................................................... 48 49 – 65
SHV 4803 UC/06 ...................................................... 48 49 – 65
SHV 4803 UC/07 ...................................................... 48 49 – 65
SHV 4803 UC/10 ...................................................... 48 49 – 65
SMI 7052 US/08 ....................................................... 10 12 15 –
SMI 7052 US/09 ....................................................... 10 12 15 –
SMI 7052 UC/09 ....................................................... 10 12 15 –
SMI 7052 UC/14 ....................................................... 10 13 15 –
SMI 7052 UC/14 FD 7402 and above ............... 16 14 15 –
SMI 7056 US/08 ....................................................... 10 12 15 –
SMI 7056 US/09 ....................................................... 10 12 15 –
SMI 7056 UC/09 ....................................................... 10 12 15 –
SMI 7056 UC/14 ....................................................... 10 13 15 –
SMI 7056 UC/14 FD 7402 and above ............... 16 14 15 –
ii
A B
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MODEL CIRCUIT WIRING TIMING TEST
SMU 2042 UC/09 ..................................................... 01 02 03 –
SMU 2042 UC/13 ..................................................... 01 02 03 –
SMU 2042 UC/14 ..................................................... 01 02 03 –
SMU 2046 UC/09 ..................................................... 01 02 03 –
SMU 2046 UC/13 ..................................................... 01 02 03 –
SMU 2046 UC/14 ..................................................... 01 02 03 –
SMU 3032 UC/14 ..................................................... 01 02 03 –
SMU 3036 UC/14 ..................................................... 01 02 03 –
SMU 4052 US/01 ..................................................... 04 06 08 –
SMU 4052 US/08 ..................................................... 05 07 08 –
SMU 4052 US/09 ..................................................... 04 06 08 –
SMU 4052 US/09 FD 7301 and above ............. 05 07 08 –
SMU 4052 UC/09 ..................................................... 05 07 08 –
SMU 4052 UC/14 ..................................................... 05 07 08 –
SMU 4056 US/01 ..................................................... 04 06 08 –
SMU 4056 US/09 ..................................................... 04 06 08 –
SMU 4056 US/09 FD 7301 and above ............. 05 07 08 –
SMU 4056 UC/09 ..................................................... 05 07 08 –
SMU 4056 UC/14 ..................................................... 05 07 08 –
SMU 4092 UC/14 ..................................................... 17 18 19 –
SMU 4096 UC/14 ..................................................... 17 18 19 –
SMU 7052 US/02 ..................................................... 09 11 15 –
SMU 7052 US/09 ..................................................... 09 11 15 –
SMU 7052 UC/09 ..................................................... 09 11 15 –
SMU 7052 UC/09 FD 7211 and above ............. 10 12 15 –
SMU 7052 UC/14 ..................................................... 10 13 15 –
SMU 7056 US/02 ..................................................... 09 11 15 –
SMU 7056 US/09 ..................................................... 09 11 15 –
SMU 7056 UC/09 ..................................................... 09 11 15 –
SMU 7056 UC/14 ..................................................... 10 13 15 –
GAS COOKTOPS
NHT 712 EUC ............................................................ 32 — – –
NHT 715 EUC ............................................................ 32 — – –
NHT 716 EUC ............................................................ 32 — – –
NHT 722 EUC ............................................................ 32 — – –
NHT 725 EUC ............................................................ 32 — – –
NHT 726 EUC ............................................................ 32 — – –
NHT 912 EUC ............................................................ 32 — – –
NHT 915 EUC ............................................................ 32 — – –
NHT 916 EUC ............................................................ 32 — – –
NHT 922 EUC ............................................................ 32 — – –
NHT 925 EUC ............................................................ 32 — – –
NHT 926 EUC ............................................................ 32 — – –
iii
A B
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MODEL CIIRCUIT WIRING TIMING TEST
ELECTRIC COOKTOPS
NKT 712 EUC ............................................................. 21 20 – –
NKT 715 EUC ............................................................. 21 20 – –
NKT 716 EUC ............................................................. 21 20 – –
NKT 722 EUC ............................................................. 55 54 – –
NKT 725 EUC ............................................................. 55 54 – –
NKT 726 EUC ............................................................. 55 54 – –
NKT 912 EUC ............................................................. 23 22 – –
NKT 915 EUC ............................................................. 23 22 – –
NKT 916 EUC ............................................................. 23 22 – –
NKT 922 EUC ............................................................. 57 56 – –
NKT 925 EUC ............................................................. 57 56 – –
NKT 926 EUC ............................................................. 57 56 – –
OVENS
HBL 532 AUC ............................................................ 24 25 – –
HBL 535 AUC ............................................................ 24 25 – –
HBL 536 AUC ............................................................ 24 25 – –
HBL 542 AUC ............................................................ 26 27 – –
HBL 545 AUC ............................................................ 26 27 – –
HBL 546 AUC ............................................................ 26 27 – –
HBL 552 AUC ............................................................ 28 29A/B – –
HBL 555 AUC ............................................................ 28 29A/B – –
HBL 556 AUC ............................................................ 28 29A/B – –
HBL 562 AUC ............................................................ 30 31A/B – –
HBL 565 AUC ............................................................ 30 31A/B – –
HBL 566 AUC ............................................................ 30 31A/B – –
HBL 632 AUC ............................................................ 50 — – –
HBL 635 AUC ............................................................ 50 — – –
HBL 636 AUC ............................................................ 50 — – –
HBL/HBN 642 AUC ................................................ 51 — – –
HBL/HBN 645 AUC ................................................ 51 — – –
HBL/HBN 646 AUC ................................................ 51 — – –
HBL/HBN 652 AUC ................................................ 52 — – –
HBL/HBN 655 AUC ................................................ 52 — – –
HBL/HBN 656 AUC ................................................ 52 — – –
HBL/HBN 662 AUC ................................................ 53 — – –
HBL/HBN 665 AUC ................................................ 53 — – –
HBL/HBN 666 AUC ................................................ 53 — – –
WASHER
WFK 2401 UC/01 ..................................................... 44 45 – –
DRYERS
WTA 3500 UC/01 ..................................................... 46 47 – –
WTL 5400 UC/01 ..................................................... 46 47 – –
DOWNDRAFTS
DHD 805 AUC ............................................................ — 59 – –
DHD 865 AUC ............................................................ — 58 – –
DHD 905 AUC ............................................................ — 59 – –
DHD 965 AUC ............................................................ — 58 – –
DHG 565 AUC ............................................................ — — – –
iv
a1 e1
L1
4a 4
3
u2 u8 u4 u6
b2 b
4 a a a b
b
u1 u3
A B
b a b 185˚F
h1 161˚F
f6
f4
1
b1
2
r1
Hz
m3
m2 185˚F
f5
s2 m1
3a 3
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Symbol Key Symbol Key Selector Switch Contacts

a1 ON/OFF SWITCH 2 m2 CIRCULATION MOTOR 10 RINSE & HOLD
e1 DOOR SWITCH 4 m3 DRAIN MOTOR 5 REGULAR b1
SMU 20/30 f4 THERMOSTAT 161˚F 8 r1 HEATING ELEMENT 11 POTS & PANS b1 + b2
f5 HIGH LIMIT 185˚F 11 s2 WATER SOLENOID 7
f6 HIGH LIMIT 185˚F 11 h1 ON/OFF LAMP 3
m1 TIMER MOTOR 9 u– TIMER CONTACTS –
current path current path
DIAGRAM #1
Timer – u Door Switch – e1 On – Off / Selector Switches – a1 & b
BURD–e1 BURD–b2–3
BURD–u6 a1 WHVT–u–m1 b
2
4
6
8
WHVT–f5–3
WH–b1–2
WHRD–a1–4 3a 3
2a
4a
6a
8a
WH–f5–2
GN–b1–1 GYBK–f6–1 WH–1L–N
DIAGRAM #2
1 739 910 909
c/u 1 737 203 495
VT–b2–4 GYBK–u6b b2 4 VT–u2b
2b
4b
6b
8b
b2 3 BURD–e1
WHGN–m2–1 H1
GYBK–u6a BK–1L–L1 b1 2 WH–u8a
BUWH–s2
4a 4 b1 1 GN–u4a
1
3
5
7
Thermostats – f4 WHRD–e1
1a
3a
5a
7a
161˚F
YE–u3b
1b
3b
5b
7b
m1 WH–f6–2
WHVT–a1–3
High Limit – f5 High Limit – f6
YE–f4
WHVT–a1–3 RD–r1 BURD–r1 GYBK–u6a
GYRD–m3 3 1 3 1
WHGN–m3
185˚F WH–u8a 185˚F WH–f5–2
2 WH–f6–2 2 WH–f4
Drain Motor – m3 Circulation Motor – m2 Water Solenoid – s2 Capacitor – k1

GYRD–u1b BN–m3 BK–m3
WHGN–f5–3 WHGN–u4b BK–m2–2
1 BK–k1 BN–m2–3
BK–k1 BUWH–u3a
1M 2 3
BN–s2 BN–k1
GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–r1
Terminal Block – 1L
Heaing Element – r1 Ground – PE
L1
BK–a1–4a BURD–f6–3
2 GNYE–1L–PE3 BK = black
GNYE–1L–PE3 BN = brown
GNYE–m2 RD = red
N
WH–a1–3a YE = yellow
RD–f5–1 1 GNYE–1L–PE3 GN = green SMU 20/30
GNYE–PE–1 BU = blue
PE3 GNYE–m3 VT = violet
GNYE–r1 GY = gray
GNYE–PE–2 WH = white
PK = pink
A B
PRE–WASH WASH W/ HEAT PRE–RINSE RINSE W/ HEAT DRYING
a
1 b Draining
a
T 2 b Block Economy
I a Filling
3 b 161˚F Thermostat
M a Timer Stop
E 4 b Circulation
a
R 5 b
A B
a Heating
6 b Drying
C a
O 7 b
N 8 a Timer Motor
b
T
A
C
T
S
TIME IN
SECONDS
55
60
60
60
60
60
60
5
5
50
5
55
60
f4
55
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
30
30
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
f4
55
60
5
55
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
5
OFF
OFF
TIMER POSITION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
OPERATION
P
F+U
U
U
U
U
P
Stop
F+U
F+U
F+U
H+U+R
H+U
H+U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
P
F+U
P
F+U
U
U
U
P+U
F+U
U
U
U
P
F+U
H+U
H+U
U+K
U
U
U
U
P
H
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
H
P
WASH/RINSE
Rinse & Hold

P
R
O
161˚F /161˚F 161˚ 161˚ Regular
G
R 161˚F /161˚F Pots & Pans
161˚ 161˚
A
M
WASH STALL RINSE STALL

OPERATION KEY
P = DRAINING R = DETERGENT DISPENSING
F = FILLING K = RINSE–AID DISPENSING
U = CIRCULATION T = DRYING
H = HEATING SMU 20/30
DIAGRAM #3
1 739 910 844
c/u 1 737 203 495
a1 e1
L1
4a 4
4 u2 u8 u4 u6
b2 b
2 a a
DIAGRAM #4
a b b
1 739 910 843
c/u 1 737 203 495
185˚F
u1 u3
f6
b a a b
h1 125˚F 161˚F
f3 f4
6 1 r1
b3 b1
5 5
e6
185˚F
m3
m2 f5
m1
s2
3a 3
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

a1 ON/OFF SWITCH 2 m1 TIMER MOTOR 6 RINSE & HOLD
e1 DOOR SWITCH 4 m2 CIRCULATION MOTOR 10 ECONOMY b1 + b3 SMU 4052/4056
e6 FLOAT SWITCH 7 m3 DRAIN MOTOR 5 REGULAR b1 US/01 & US/09
f3 THERMOSTAT 125˚F 6 r1 HEATING ELEMENT 11 POTS & PANS b1 + b2 up to FD 7212
f4 THERMOSTAT 161˚F 8 s2 WATER SOLENOID 7
f6 HIGH LIMIT 185˚F 11 u– TIMER CONTACTS –
A B
a1 e1
L1
4a 4
4
u2 u8 u4 u6
b2 b
2 a a a
b b
2a
b4
A B
u3 2
u1
b a a b 185˚F
h1 125˚F 161˚F
f3 f6
f4
6 1
b3 b1
5 5
r1
Hz
e6
m3
m2 185˚F
m1
f5
s2
3a 3
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

a1 ON/OFF SWITCH 2 m1 TIMER MOTOR 6 RINSE & HOLD SMU 4052 US/08
e1 DOOR SWITCH 4 m2 CIRCULATION MOTOR 10 ECONOMY b1 + b3
e6 FLOAT SWITCH 7 m3 DRAIN MOTOR 5 REGULAR b1 + b4 & SMU 4052/4056
f3 THERMOSTAT 125˚F 6 r1 HEATING ELEMENT 11 POTS & PANS b1 + b2 + b4 US/09 above FD 7301,
f4 THERMOSTAT 161˚F 8 s2 WATER SOLENOID 7 UC/09 & UC/14
f6 HIGH LIMIT 185˚F 11 u– TIMER CONTACTS –
DIAGRAM #5
1 739 910 865
c/u 1 737 203 495
Timer – u Thermostats —f3 & f4
BURD–e1 f3 f4
2
4
6
8
Door Switch – e1
WH–b3–5 125˚F 161˚F
BURD–b2–4 BN–u1a YE–u3b
2a
4a
6a
8a
WH–f4
GN–b1–1 GYBK–f6 BURD–u6
DIAGRAM #6
VT–b2–2 GYBK–u6b RD–b3–6 WH–u8a

1 739 910 814
c/u 1 737 203 495
2b
4b
6b
8b
WHRD–a1–4
WHGN–m2–1
GYBK–u6a BUWH–e6–1
1
3
5
7
BN–f3 Float Switch – e6 Water Solenoid – s2
1a
3a
5a
7a
BUWH–u3a BN–m3
1b
3b
5b
7b
m1 4
1 BU–e6–2
2 BU–s2
WHVT–a1–3
YE–f4
GYRD–m3
Heating Element – r1 High Limits – f5 & f6
GYBK–f6
f5 185˚F
GNYE–1L–PE3
GNYE–m2 RD–r1 WHVT–a1–3
On – Off / Selector Switches – a1 & b f6 185˚F WHGN–m3
RD–f5 GYBK–r1 GYBK–u6a
a1 WHVT–u–m1 b
WHVT–f5
3a 3
WH–1L–N b3 6 RD–f3
H1 b1 + b3 5 WH–u8a
b2 4 BURD–e1 Ground – PE Drain Motor – m3
b4 3
BK–1L–L1 b2 2 VT–u2b GYRD–u1b
b1 1 GN–u4a 2 GNYE–1L–PE3 WHGN–f5
4a 4
BK–k1
WHRD–e1
1 GNYE–1L–PE3 BN–s2
GNYE–1L–PE3
Circulation Motor – m2 Capacitor – k1
L1 BK–m3 BK = black
BK–a1–4a WHGN–u4b
1 BK–m2–2 BN = brown
BK–k1 BN–m2–3 RD = red
N 1M
2 3 YE = yellow
WH–a1–3a BN–k1 GN = green SMU 4052/4056
BU = blue US/01 & US/09
GNYE–PE–1 GNYE–r1 VT = violet
PE3 GNYE–m3 GY = gray up to FD 7212
GNYE–r1 WH = white
GNYE–PE–2 PK = pink
A B
Timer – u Door Switch – e1 Thermostats – f3 & f4
BURD–e1 BURD–b2–4 f3 f4
2
4
6
8
BURD–u6
WH–b3–5 125˚F 161˚F
WHRD–a1–4 BN–u1a YE–u3b
2a
4a
6a
8a
WH–f5–2
GN–b1–1 GYBK–f6–1
GYBK–b4–2 RD–b3–6 WH–f6–2
VT–b2–2
2b
4b
6b
8b
WHGN–m2–1
RD–b4–2a BUWH–e6–1
1
3
5
7
Float Switch – e6 High Limit – f5
A B
BN–f3 BUWH–u3a
1a
3a
5a
7a
WHVT–a1–3 RD–r1
4 WHGN–m3 3 1
1b
3b
5b
7b
1 BU–s2 185˚F WH–u8a
m1 2 2 WH–f6–2
WHVT–a1–3
YE–f4 Water Solenoid – s2 High Limit – f6

GYRD–m3 BN–m3
BURD–r1 GYBK–u6a
BU–e6–2 3 1
185˚F WH–f5–2
On – Off / Selector Switches – a1 & b 2 WH–f4
a1 WHVT–u–m1 b
WHVT–f5–3
Heating Element – r1 Drain Motor – m3
3a 3 2a 2
WH–1L–N GYBK–u6a b3 6 RD–f3 BURD–f6–3 GYRD–u1b
RD–u6b b1 + b3 5 WH–u8a WHGN–f5–3
b2 4 GNYE–1L–PE3
BURD–e1 GNYE–m2 BK–k1
H1 b4 3
BK–1L–L1 b4 b2 2 VT–u2b BN–s2
b1 1 RD–f5–1
4a 4 GN–u4a GNYE–1L–PE3
WHRD–e1 Ground – PE
Capacitor – k1
2 GNYE–1L–PE3
BK–m3
BK–m2–2
BN–m2–3
Terminal Block – 1L 1 GNYE–1L–PE3
L1
BK–a1–4a Circulation Motor – m2 BK = black
BN = brown
RD = red SMU 4052 US/08
N WHGN–u4b YE = yellow
1 BK–k1 & SMU 4052/4056
WH–a1–3a GN = green
1M 2 3 BU = blue US/09 above FD 7301,
GNYE–PE–1 BN–k1 VT = violet
PE3 GNYE–m3 GY = gray UC/09 & UC/14
GNYE–r1 GNYE–r1
WH = white
GNYE–PE–2
DIAGRAM #7
PK = pink
1 739 910 866
c/u 1 737 203 495
a 125˚F Thermostat
1 b Draining
a
T 2 b Block Economy
DIAGRAM #8
I a Filling
1 739 910 844
c/u 1 737 203 495
3 b 161˚F Thermostat
M a Timer Stop
E 4 b Circulation
a
R 5 b
a Heating
6 b Drying
C a
O 7 b
N 8 a Timer Motor
b
T
A
C
T
S
TIME IN
SECONDS
55
60
60
60
60
60
60
5
5
50
5
55
60
f3/f4
55
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
30
30
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
f4
55
60
5
55
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
5
OFF
OFF
TIMER POSITION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
OPERATION
P
F+U
U
U
U
U
P
Stop
F+U
F+U
F+U
H+U+R
H+U
H+U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
P
F+U
P
F+U
U
U
U
P+U
F+U
U
U
U
P
F+U
H+U
H+U
U+K
U
U
U
U
P
H
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
H
P
WASH/RINSE
Rinse & Hold

P
R 125˚F /161˚F Economy 1
125˚ 161˚
O
161˚F /161˚F 161˚ 161˚
Regular
G
R 161˚F /161˚F Pots & Pans
161˚ 161˚
A
M
WASH STALL RINSE STALL 1 Unheated Dry Cycle

• SMU 4000
US/09 FD7312 & ABOVE
UC/09+
OPERATION KEY
F = FILLING K = RINSE–AID DISPENSING SMU 4052/4056 all
H = HEATING
A B
51
L1
4a 4
e1 u2 u3 u5 u7 uK u1
a1
b a b b b
a b a
a a a b
b/6
105˚F
185˚F 125˚F 161˚F
f2
A B
f6 f3 f4
b/7
b/8
r1 b3 b2 a1 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6
e6
h1 h4
e3 b/ 5 4 3 2 1
m2 m1 U–12/ 1 2 3 4 5
185˚F
f5 s2 17 16 15 14 12
m3
h3 uK
3a 3 12–6
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

a1 ON/OFF SWITCH 2 h1 ON/OFF LAMP 3 RINSE & HOLD b1
e1 DOOR SWITCH 4 h3 RINSE AID LAMP 4 QUICK WASH b2
e3 REED SWITCH 4 h4 CLEAN LAMP 7 ECONOMY b3 SMU 7052/7056 US/02,
e6 FLOAT SWITCH 8 m1 TIMER MOTOR 11 LIGHT CHINA b4 US 09 & VC/09 up to FD 7210
f2 THERMOSTAT 105˚F 13 m2 CIRCULATION MOTOR 6 REGULAR b5
f3 THERMOSTAT 125˚F 9 m3 DRAIN MOTOR 12 POTS & PANS b6
f4 THERMOSTAT 161˚F 10 r1 HEATING ELEMENT 5 CANCEL DRAIN b1 & b2
f6 HIGH LIMIT 185˚F 5 uk RAPID ADVANCE SOLENOID 14
u– TIMER CONTACTS –
DIAGRAM #9
1 739 910 821
c/u 1 737 203 490
51
L1
4a 4
a1 e1 u2 u3 u5 u7 uK u1
b b b b
a a b a
a a a b
DIAGRAM #10
1 739 910 821
c/u 1 737 203 490
b–6
105˚F
185˚F 2a 125˚F 161˚F
b1 f2
f6 2 f3 f4
b/7
b3 b2 a1 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6
r1
e6
h1 h4
e3 b/ 5 4 3 2 1
185˚F m2 m1 12/ 1 2 3 4 5
f5 17 16 15 14 12
s2 m3
h3 uK
3a 3 12–6
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

e3 REED SWITCH 4 h4 CLEAN LAMP 7 ECONOMY b3
e6 FLOAT SWITCH 8 m1 TIMER MOTOR 11 LIGHT CHINA b4 SMI 7052/7056
f2 THERMOSTAT 105˚ F 13 m2 CIRCULATION MOTOR 6 REGULAR b5 US/08, US/09, UC/09 & UC/14
f3 THERMOSTAT 125˚ F 9 m3 DRAIN MOTOR 12 POTS & PANS b6
f4 THERMOSTAT 161˚ F 10 r1 HEATING ELEMENT 5 CANCEL DRAIN b1 & b2 and SMU 7052/7056
f5 HIGH LIMIT 185˚ F 5 s2 WATER SOLENOID 8 UC/09 above FD 7211
f6 HIGH LIMIT 185˚ F 5 uk RAPID ADVANCE SOLENOID 14 & UC/14 up to FD 7406
A B
Timer – u Door Switch – e1 Reed Switch – e3 High Limits – f5 & f6
WGVT–e1 WHRD–e3
N
WHRD–a1–4 WHRD–e1 f5 WHGN–m3
2
4
6
8
GYBK–f6 185˚F
RD–r1 WHVT–a1–3
GYBK–u2b WHVT–b6 BNWH–h3
S f6 185˚F
2a
4a
6a
8a
WHVT–u2 GYBK–r1 GYBK–u2a
GYBK–u2a
2b
4b
6b
8b
GY–f2
VT–h4 Thermostats – f2, f3 & f4 Float Switch – e6
1
3
5
7
f2 f3 f4
A B
BN–f3 4
WH–f3 105˚F 125˚F 161˚F 1
1a
3a
5a
7a
2
BUWH–e6–1 GY–u1a BN–u5a YE–u7b BU–s2
U–12 YE–f4
123456 BUWH–u5b
1b
3b
5b
7b
WHGN–m2–1 WH–b7 WH–f4
WH–b8 WH–u8a WH–f3
GYRD–m3
Clean/Rinse Aid Lamps – h3/h4 Drain Motor – m3 Water Solenoid – s2
WH–b5
WH–b4
WH–b3
WH–b2
WH–b1
BNWH–e3
BK–h3+h4
L1 BN–m3
H3 GYRD–u1b
Rinse WHGN–f5
BK–a1–3 BK–k1 BU–e6–2
H4 BK–u–L2–6 BN–s2
Clean
GNYE–1L–PE3
VT–u3a
Capacitor – k1 Circulation Motor – m2 Heating Element – r1 Ground – PE

BK–m3
BK–m2–2
BN–m2–3 WHGN–u3b GYBK–f6 2 GNYE–1L–PE3
1 BK–k1 GNYE–1L–PE3
1M GNYE–m2
2 3
BN–k1
RD–f5 1 GNYE–1L–PE3
On – Off / Selector Switches – a1 & b GNYE–r1
WH–1L–N
BK–h3+h4
WHGN–f5 b/
8 WH–f2
3 BK–a1–4a
3a 7 WH–f2 BK = black
6 WHVT–e1 L1 BN = brown
a1 5 WH–u–12–1 RD = red
SMU 7052/7056
H1 YE = yellow US/02, US/09
4 WH–u–12–2 WH–a1–3a
4a 4 3 WH–u–12–3 GN = green
N BU = blue
& UC/09
2 WH–u–12–4
VT = violet up to FD 7210
1 WH–u–12–5 GY = gray
GNYE–PE–1
PE3 GNYE–m3 WH = white
WHRD–e1 PK = pink
BK–1L–L1 GNYE–PE–2
DIAGRAM #11
GNYE–r1
1 739 910 822
c/u 1 737 203 490
Timer – u Door Switch – e1 Reed Switch – e3 High Limits – f5 & f6
WGVT–e1 WHRD–e3
N
WHRD–a1–4 WHRD–e1 f5 WHGN–m3
2
4
6
8
GYBK–f6 185˚F
RD–r1 WHVT–a1–3
GYBK–u2b WHVT–b6 BNWH–h3
S f6 185˚F
2a
4a
6a
8a
WHVT–u2 GYBK–r1 GYBK–u2a
GYBK–u2a
DIAGRAM #12
1 739 910 860
c/u 1 737 203 490
2b
4b
6b
8b
GY–f2
VT–h4 Thermostats – f2, f3 & f4 Float Switch – e6
1
3
5
7
BN–f3
f2 f3 f4 4
WH–f3 105˚F 125˚F 161˚F 1
1a
3a
5a
7a
2
BUWH–e6–1 GY–u1a BN–u5a YE–u7b BU–s2
U–12/ YE–f4
123456 BUWH–u5b
1b
3b
5b
7b
WHGN–m2–1 WH–b7 WH–f4
WH–b8 WH–u8a WH–f3
GYRD–m3
Clean/Rinse Aid Lamps – h3/h4 Drain Motor – m3 Water Solenoid – s2
WH–b5
WH–b4
WH–b3
WH–b2
WH–b1
BNWH–e3
BK–h3+h4
L1 BN–m3
h3 GYRD–u1b
Rinse WHGN–f5
BK–a1–3 BK–k1 BU–e6–2
h4 BK–u–L2–6 BN–s2
Clean
GNYE–1L–PE3
VT–u3a
Motor Capacitor – k1 Circulation Motor – m2 Heating Element – r1 Ground – PE

BK–m3
BK–m2–2
BN–m2–3 WHGN–u3b GYBK–f6 2 GNYE–1L–PE3
1 BK–k1 GNYE–1L–PE3
1M GNYE–m2
2 3
BN–k1
RD–f5 1 GNYE–1L–PE3
On/Off Selector Switches – a1 & b GNYE–r1
WH–1L–N
BK–h3+h4
WHGN–f5 b/
8 WH–f2
3
3a 7 WH–f2 BK–a1–4a BK = black
6 WHVT–e1 L1 BN = brown
a1 5 WH–u–12–1 RD = red
SMI 7052/7056
H1 YE = yellow US/08, US/09 & UC /09
4 WH–u–12–2 WH–a1–3a
4a 4 3 WH–u–12–3 GN = green
N BU = blue
and SMU 7052/7056
2 WH–u–12–4
VT = violet UC/09 above 7211
1 WH–u–12–5 GY = gray
GNYE–PE–1
PE3 GNYE–m3 WH = white
WHRD–e1 PK = pink
BK–1L–L1 GNYE–PE–2
GNYE–r1
A B
Timer – u Door Switch – e1 Thermostats – f2, f3 & f4
WGVT–e1
WHRD–e3 f2 f3 f4
2
4
6
8
GYBK–f6–1 WHRD–a1–4
GYBK–u2b 105˚F 125˚F 161˚F
GY–u1a BN–u5a YE–u7b
2a
4a
6a
8a
WHVT–b6
GYBK–u2a
WHVT–u2 WH–b7 WH–f6–2 WH–f6–2
2b
4b
6b
8b
WH–b8 WH–f5–2
GY–f2
VT–b1–2
High Limit – f6
1
3
5
7
High Limit – f5
BN–f3
A B
WH–f5-2
1a
3a
5a
7a
RD–r1 BURD–r1 GYBK–u2a
U–12/ BUWH–e6–1 WHGN–a1–3 3 1 3 1
YE–f4 WHGN–m3 WH–f4
123456 WH–u7a
1b
3b
5b
7b
185˚F 2 185˚F 2 WH–f3
WHGN–m2–1 WH–f3
GYRD–m3
Clean/Rinse Aid Lamps – h3/h4 Float Switch – e6 Water Solenoid – s2

Motor Capacitor – k1 BNWH–e3 BN–m3
4
WH–b5
WH–b4
WH–b3
WH–b2
WH–b1
h3
BK–m3 Rinse 1 2
BK–h3+h4
BK–m2–2 BU–s2 Full BU–e6–2
BK–a1–3
BN–m2–3 h4 BK–u–12–6 BUWH–u5b
Clean
VT–b1–2a
Circulation Motor – m2 Reed Switch – e3

Drain Motor – m3 Heating Element – r1
WHGN–u3b N
1 BK–k1 L1 BURD–f6–3 WHRD–e1
GYRD–u1b
1M WHGN–f5–3 GNYE–1L–PE3
2 3 BK–k1 GNYE–m2
BN–k1 S BNWH–h3
BN–s2
GNYE–r1 RD–f5–1
GNYE–1L–PE3
On/Off Selector Switch – a1 Ground – PE

WH–1L–N
Terminal Block – 1L 2 GNYE–1L–PE3
WHGN–f5–3 b/
BK–h3+h4
BK–a1–4a
8 WH–f2 1 GNYE–1L–PE3
3 2 L1
3a 2a 7 WH–f2
VT–u3a 6 WHVT–e1
a1 VT–h4 5 WH–u–12–1 WH–a1–3a BK = black
4 WH–u–12–2 N BN = brown
4a 4 h1 b1 3 WH–u–12–3 RD = red
YE = yellow SMI 7052/7056
2 WH–u–12–4 GNYE–PE–1 GN = green
1 WH–u–12–5 PE3 GNYE–m3 BU = blue
UC/14 up to FD 7401
GNYE–PE–2 VT = violet and SMU 7052/7056
WHRD–e1 GNYE–r1 GY = gray
WH = white
UC/14 up to FD 7406
BK–1L–L1
PK = pink
DIAGRAM #13
1 739 910 933
c/u 1 737 203 490
Timer – u Door Switch – e1 Thermostats – f2, f3 & f4
WHVT–e1
WHRD–e3 f2 f3 f4
2
4
6
8
GYBK–u2b 105˚F 125˚F 161˚F
2a
4a
6a
8a
GY–u1a BN–u5a YE–u7b
GYBK–u2a RD–b8
WHVT–u2 GN–b6 WH–f6–2 WH–f6–2
2b
4b
6b
8b
DIAGRAM #14
c/u 1 737 203 490
GY–f2 VT–b2 WH–f5–2

VT–b–2b
1
3
5
7
BN–f3
WH–f5–2
1a
3a
5a
7a
BUWH–e6–1 WHGN–a1–3 RD–r1 BURD–r1 GYBK–u2a
U–12/ WHGN–m3 3 1 3 1
123456 YE–f4 WH–u7a
1b
3b
5b
7b
WH–f4
WHGN–m2–1 185˚F 2 WH–f3
185˚F 2
WH–f3
GYRD–m3
Clean/Rinse Aid Lamps – h3/h4 Float Switch – e6 Water Solenoid – s2

BNWH–e3
YE–b7
BN–m3
WH–b5
Motor Capacitor – k1 h3 4
VTBK–b1
BURD–b3
BK–h3+h4
Rinse
BNWH–b4
BK–m3 1 2
BK–a1–3 BU–s2 Full BU–e6–2
BK–m2–2 h4
BN–m2–3 BK–u–L2–6 BUWH–u5b
Clean
VT–b1–2a
Circulation Motor – m2 Drain Motor – m3 Heating Element – r1 Reed Switch – e3

WHGN–u3b L1 N
1 GYRD–u1b BURD–f6–3 WHRD–u2
BK–k1 WHGN–f5–3 GNYE–1L–PE3
1M 2 3 BK–k1 GNYE–m2
BN–k1 BN–s2 S BNWH–h3
GNYE–r1 GNYE–1L–PE3 RD–f5–1
Ground – PE
On/Off Selector Switch – a1
WH–1L–N Terminal Block – 1L 2 GNYE–1L–PE3
WHGN–f5–3 b/
BK–h3+h4 BK–a1–4a
1 GNYE–1L–PE3
8 RD–e1 L1
3 2
3a 2a 7 YE–u–12–3
6 GN–f2 WH–a1–3a BK = black
VT–u3a BN = brown
a1 VT–h4 5 WH–u–12–4 N
RD = red
b1 4 BNWH–u–12–5 YE = yellow SMI 7052/7056
4a 4 h1 3 BURD–u–12–2 GNYE–PE–1 GN = green UC/14 above FD 7402
2 VT–f2 PE3 GNYE–m3 BU = blue
1 VTBK–u–12–1 GNYE–PE–2 VT = violet and SMU 7052/7056
GNYE–r1 GY = gray UC/14 above FD 7407
WHRD–e1 WH = white
BK–1L–L1 PK = pink
A B
a 105˚F Thermostat
1 b Draining
a Heating
T 2 b Drying
I a Clean Lamp
3 b Circulation
M a
E 4 b
a 125˚F Thermostat
R 5 b Filling
a
6 b
C a Timer Motor
A B
O 7 b 161˚F Thermostat
N a
8 b
T 11
A 12 Regular
13
C 14 Economy–China
T 15 Quick Wash
16 Rinse & Hold
S 17 START
18
19
TIME IN
SECONDS
2.5
25
30
30
90
120
120
30
30
60
60
60
f3 / f4
f3 / f2
115
120
120
60
60
30
30
30
30
60
60
60
60
60
60
120
60
60
60
60
120
f3
f3 / f4
f3
52.5
30
30
60
60
60
60
120
60
60
60
60
60
2.5
TIMER POSITION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
OPERATION
OFF
OFF
P
P
F+U
F+U
U
U
U
U+P
P
F+U
U+H
U+H
U+H
U
U
U
U
U
U+P
P
F+U
P
F+U
U
U
P
F+U
U
U
U
U
P
F+U
U+H
U+H
U+H
U
U+H
U+H
U+H
P
T
T
T
T
T
T
H
P
R U+H
K U+H
WASH/RINSE
Rinse & Hold

P
R 105˚F/161˚F Quick Wash
105˚ 161˚
O 125˚F/161˚F Economy
G 125˚ 161˚
R 161˚F/161˚F Light China
161˚ 161˚
A
M 161˚F/161˚F Regular
161˚ 161˚
161˚F/161˚F Pots & Pans
161˚ 161˚
OPERATION KEY
F = FILLING K = RINSE–AID DISPENSING SMI/SHU 7052/7056 all
H = HEATING ••• = RAPID ADVANCE
DIAGRAM #15
1 739 910 823
c/u 1 737 203 490
51
L1
4a 4
a1 e1 u2 u3 u5 u7 uK u1
b b b b
a a b a
a a a b
b–8
DIAGRAM #16
c/u 1 737 203 490
105˚F
185˚F 2a 125˚F 161˚F
b1 f2
f6 2 f3 f4
b/6
b3 b2 a1 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6
r1
e6
h1 h4
b/ 1 3 7 5 4
e3
185˚F m2 m1 1 2 3 4 5
12/
f5 17 16 15 14 12
s2 m3
h3 uK
3a 3 12–6
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

e3 REED SWITCH 4 h4 CLEAN LAMP 7 ECONOMY b3
e6 FLOAT SWITCH 8 m1 TIMER MOTOR 11 LIGHT CHINA b4 SMI 7052/7056
f2 THERMOSTAT 105˚F 13 m2 CIRCULATION MOTOR 6 REGULAR b5 UC/14 above FD 7402
f3 THERMOSTAT 125˚F 9 m3 DRAIN MOTOR 12 POTS & PANS b6 and SMU 7052/7056
f5 HIGH LIMIT 185˚F 5 s2 WATER SOLENOID 8 UC/14 above FD 7407
A B
51
L1
4a 4
a1 e1 u2 u3 u5 u7 uK u1
b b b b
a a b a
a a a b
b–8
A B
185˚F 2a 125˚F 161˚F

b1
f6 2 f3 f4
b3 a1 b1 b3 b5 b6
r1
e6
h1 h4
b/ 1 3 7 5 4
185˚F m2 m1 1 2 3 4 5
12/
f5 17 16 15 14 12
s2 m3
uK
3a 3 12–6
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

a1 ON/OFF SWITCH 2 h4 CLEAN LAMP 7 RINSE & HOLD b1
e1 DOOR SWITCH 4 m1 TIMER MOTOR 11 ECONOMY b3
e6 FLOAT SWITCH 8 m2 CIRCULATION MOTOR 6 REGULAR b5
f3 THERMOSTAT 125˚F 9 m3 DRAIN MOTOR 12 POTS & PANS b6 SMU 4092/4096
h1 ON/OFF LAMP 3 u– TIMER CONTACTS –
DIAGRAM #17
1 739 911 103
c/u 1 737 203 490
Timer – u Door Switch – e1 Thermostats – f3 & f4
WHVT–e1
f3 f4
2
4
6
8
GYBK–u2b 125˚F 161˚F
BN–u5a YE–u7b
2a
4a
6a
8a
RD–b8
GYBK–u2a
WHVT–u2 WH–f6–2 WH–f6–2
2b
4b
6b
8b
DIAGRAM #18
WH–f5–2
1 739 911 102
c/u 1 737 203 490
GY–b6
1
3
5
7
BN–f3
WH–f5–2
1a
3a
5a
7a
BUWH–e6–1 WHGN–a1–3 RD–r1 BURD–r1 GYBK–u2a
U–12 WHGN–m3 3 1 3 1
123456 YE–f4 WH–u7a WH–f4
1b
3b
5b
7b
185˚F2 185˚F
WHGN–m2–1 WH–f3 2 WH–f3
GYRD–m3
Float Switch – e6 Water Solenoid – s2

Capacitor – k1 BN–m3
YE–b7
4
WH–b5
BK–a1–3
VTBK–b1
BK–m3
BURD–b3
1
BNWH–b4
BK–m2–2 2 Full BU–e6–2
BU–s2
BN–m2–3
BUWH–u5b
Circulation Motor – m2 Drain Motor – m3 Heating Element – r1 Reed Switch – e3

WHGN–u3b L1 N
1 GYRD–u1b BURD–f6–3 WHRD–u2
BK–k1 WHGN–f5–3 GNYE–1L–PE3
1M BK–k1 GNYE–m2
2 3 BNWH–h3
BN–k1 BN–s2 S
GNYE–r1 GNYE–1L–PE3 RD–f5–1
Ground – PE
On/Off Selector Switches – a1 & b
WH–1L–N Terminal Block – 1L 2 GNYE–1L–PE3
WHGN–f5–3 b
BK–u–12–6 BK–a1–4a
L1 1 GNYE–1L–PE3
8 RD–e1
3
3a 7 YE–u–12–3
6 GN–u1a WH–a1–3a
BK = black
a1 5 WH–u–12–4 N BN = brown
h1 BNWH–u–12–5
4 RD = red
4a 4 3 BURD–u–12–2 YE = yellow
GNYE–PE–1 SMU 4092/4096
2 PE3 GNYE–m3 GN = green
1 VTBK–u–12–1 BU = blue
GNYE–PE–2 VT = violet
GNYE–r1
WHRD–e1 GY = gray
WH = white
BK–1L–L1 PK = pink
A B
a Avance
1 b Draining
a Heating
T 2 b Drying
A B
I a Clean Lamp
3 b Circulation
M a
E 4 b
a 125˚F Thermostat
R 5 b Filling
a
6 b
C a Timer Motor
O 7 b 161˚F Thermostat
N a
8 b
T 11
A 12 Regular
13
C 14 Economy–China
T 15 Quick Wash
16 Rinse & Hold
S 17 START
18
19
TIME IN
SECONDS
2.5
25
30
30
90
120
120
30
30
60
60
60
f3 / f4
f3
115
120
120
60
60
30
30
30
30
60
60
60
60
60
60
120
60
60
60
60
120
f3
f3 / f4
f3
52.5
30
30
60
60
60
60
120
60
60
60
60
60
2.5
TIMER POSITION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
OPERATION
OFF
OFF
P
P
F+U
F+U
U
U
U
U+P
P
F+U
U+H
U+H
U+H
U
U
U
U
U
U+P
P
F+U
P
F+U
U
U
P
F+U
U
U
U
U
P
F+U
U+H
U+H
U+H
U
U+H
U+H
U+H
P
T
T
T
T
T
T
H
P
R U+H
K U+H
WASH/RINSE
P
R Rinse & Hold
O
G 125˚F/161˚F Economy
125˚ 161˚
R 161˚F/161˚F Regular
A 161˚ 161˚
M 161˚F/161˚F Pots & Pans
161˚ 161˚
OPERATION KEY
P = DRAINING R = DETERGENT DISPENSING SMU 4092/4096
H = HEATING ••• = RAPID ADVANCE
DIAGRAM #19
c/u 1 737 203 490
N31.H N34.1B SYMBOL KEY
1 N1.P1
L1 N2.P1 E1 Element 1000W
2 N3.P1 E10 Element 1300W
H1 H4 N4.P2 N4.P1 E2 Element 1500W
3 E3 Element 1700W
L2 N1.P2
H2 H3 N3.P2
X7 N4.P2
DIAGRAM #20
N32.H H1 Heat Indicator Lamp

143-62106-001
N33.H
GND H2 Heat Indicator Lamp
H3 Heat Indicator Lamp
H7 H4 Heat Indicator Lamp
N1.P2 N1.S2 H7 On Lamp
H10 Dual Zone Indicator Lamp
N31 N4.S1 H7
S1 S2 N4.S2 N1 Regulator, Dual Zone
H10
H7 N2 Regulator
4 N34 X7.3 P2 N1 N3 Regulator
N1.2 H4 N31.2 2 4 N4 Regulator
P1 2 X7.1 P1 N1.4 N31 Thermostat Limit Assembly
> N34.2B 1A 1B
N32.S – High Limit
H S > 4A 4
2B N1.4
– Thermostat
E1 4 H1 2A N32 Thermostat Limit Assembly
N1.4 E1.4
4A H10 – High Limit
N1.4A N35.S – Thermostat
E4 N31.S N31.4 E10.4A
E10 N4.4 N4.2 N33 Thermostat Limit Assembly
N1.S2
– High Limit
N1.S1 S1 S2
N2.S1 N2.S2 – Thermostat
H1–5 N34 Thermostat Limit Assembly
X7.4 P2 N4 – High Limit
N34.2A 2 4 – Thermostat
X7.2 P1 E4
N33.S X7 Terminal Block
N4.S1 N4.S2
N3.S1 S1 S2 N3.S2
X7.3 P2 N2
N32.2 2 4
X7.1 P1 N32.4
N2.S1 N2.S2
N33 N3.P1 S1 S2
N32 H3 P2
N3
X7.4
N2.4 S H N33.2 2 4
N34.2B
N4.P1 > X7.2 P1 N33.4
4 2 P1 E3 N3.S1
N2.2 N3.2
P1 2 4
E2 >
N31.S N3.4
H S
H2
NKT 71
A B
L1 1
2
X7
SYMBOL KEY CURRENT PATH
E1 Element 1000W 15
E10 Element 1300W 17
E2 Element 1500W 21
E3 Element 1700W 23
E4 Element 1800W 25
H1 Heat Indicator Lamp 1

A B
S1 S1 S1 S1 P1 P1 P1 P1 H2 Heat Indicator Lamp 3

P> P> P> P> H3 Heat Indicator Lamp 5
S2 S2 S2 S2 2 2 2 2 H4 Heat Indicator Lamp 7
N1 N2 N3 N4 N1 N2 N3 N4 H7 On Lamp 11
H10 Dual Zone Indicator Lamp 19
N1 Regulator, Dual Zone 9/15/17

N2 Regulator 10/21
N3 Regulator 11/23
N4 Regulator 12/25
N31 Thermostat Limit Assembly

– High Limit 15
– Thermostat 1
– High Limit 21
S S S 2B 2 2 2 2A – Thermostat 3
– High Limit 23
H H H 1B P1 P1 P1 1A – Thermostat 5
N31 N32 N33 N34 N31 4 N32 N33 N34 N34 Thermostat Limit Assembly
– High Limit 25
– Thermostat 27
X7 Terminal Block 1
H1 H2 H3 H4 H7 E1 4 E10 4A H10 E2 E3 E4
4A
4 4 4
N1 N32 N33
4 4 4 4
NKT 71
P2 P2 P2 P2
X7 N1 N2 N3 N4
GND 3
L2 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
DIAGRAM #21
143-62105-002
N31.H N34.1B SYMBOL KEY
1 N1.P1
3 E3 Element 1700W
L2 N2.P2
H2 H5 H3 N1.P2 E5 Element 1000W
DIAGRAM #22
143-62106-001
X7 N5.P2 E50 Element 1000W

N32.H N33.H
N35.H GND
N1.P2 N1.S2 H3 Heat Indicator Lamp
N31 H5 Heat Indicator Lamp
N4.S1 H7 H7 On Lamp
S1 S2 N4.S2
H10 H10 Dual Zone Indicator Lamp
N34 H7 H50 Dual Zone Indicator Lamp
4 X7.4 P2 N1
N1.2 H4 N31.2 2 4
P1 2 X7.1 P1 N1.4 N1 Regulator, Dual Zone
> N34.2B 1A 1B N2 Regulator
N32.S
H S > 4A 4 N3 Regulator
E1 2B N1.4 N4 Regulator
4 H1 2A
N1.4 E1.4 N5 Regulator, Dual Zone
4A N35.S
H10
N1.4A E4 N31.S N31.4 E10.4A N31 Thermostat Limit Assembly
E10 N4.4 N4.2
– High Limit
N1.S1 N1.S2 – Thermostat
N2.S1 S1 S2 N2.S2 N32 Thermostat Limit Assembly
H1–5 – High Limit
X7.3 P2 N4
N34.2A 2 4 – Thermostat
E4
X7.2 P1
N33.S – High Limit
– Thermostat
N4.S1 N4.S2 – High Limit
N5.S1 S1 S2 N5.S2 – Thermostat
N3.P2 N35 Thermostat Limit Assembly
N32.2 2 4 – Thermostat
X7.2 P1 N32.4
N3.P1
N35 X7 Terminal Block
H50
N2.S1 N2.S2
4 N3.S1 S1 S2 N3.S2
N5.2
N33
N32 P1 2 H3
> N34.2B X7.4 P2 N5
N2.4 N33.S S H N35.2 2 4
H S N35.S
N4.P1 > X7.1 P1 N5.4
4 E5 H5 2 P1 E3
4 N5.4 N3.2
N2.2 4A 4
P1 2 4A 4 N5.4
E2 > N5.4A
N31.S E50 N3.4 E5.4
H S H50
H2 N35.4 E50.4A
N5.S1 N5.S2
N3.S1 S1 S2
N2.P2 N3
P2 NKT 91
N33.2 2 4
N3.S1 P1 N32.4
N2.P1
A B
SYMBOL KEY CURRENT PATH
E1 Element 1000W 15
E10 Element 1300W 17
E2 Element 1500W 21
L1 1 E3 Element 1700W 23
2 E4 Element 1800W 25
E5 Element 1000W 27
X7 E50 Element 1000W 29
H7 On Lamp 11
A B

N1 Regulator, Dual Zone 9/15/17
S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 N2 Regulator 10/21
P> P> P> P> P> N3 Regulator 11/23
S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 2 2 2 2 2 N4 Regulator 12/25
N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N5 Regulator, Dual Zone 13/27/29
– High Limit 15
– Thermostat 1
– High Limit 21
– Thermostat 3
– High Limit 23
– Thermostat 5
– High Limit 25
– Thermostat 27
S S S 2B S 2 2 2 2A 2 – High Limit 27
– Thermostat 29
H 1B P1 P1 1A P1 X7 Terminal Block 1
N31 H N32 N33 H N34 N35 H N31 4P1 N32 N33 N34 N35 4
H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 E1 4 E10 4A H10 E2 E3 E4 E5 4 E50 4A H50
4A 4A
4 4 4 4
N1 N32 N33 N5
4 4 4 4 4
P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 NKT 91
X7 N1 N2 N3 N4 N5
GND 3
L2 4
DIAGRAM #23
143-62105-002
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
W/R
W/BL
20
MSW PR W 20
E3 20 20
BK
1a E6 21 W/BL
1 E4 ST1 DWM ONL
W/Y20 W/R 20
20 N (572 f) SW1
R L 24
E5 R BL 20 1a 1
20
16 2a 2 16
20
20
20 3a 3
F1 4a 4
F2 W/BK
DIAGRAM #24
18
20 BR 20 5a BR 20
L1 16
CV W/BL 16 6 W/BL
16 6a
7
Jumper Connected E6 7a
W/R
W/BL
for 208V Only BK 16 8 W 16
8a
TB BR 20 9a 9 20 BL
1 18 E5
GY 20 10a 10
2 18 RB R
11a 11 18
16 AWG 3 Red 16 16 R 16 18
12a 12 W/R
L1
16 AWG 4 Black 16 13a 13 BR
18
L2 1a
18
14a 14 W/BL
16 AWG 5 White 20
N 15 BR 18
15a
14 AWG 6 GN 14 18
1 16a 16 GY
20
W/BL CSW
18
W/R 2a
SW2
20 3 2 CSW
W/BK
CFT R
20
(140 f) 1 W/R 2
20
5 20 20
20
BR BE UEI UEO LEI LEO
20
20
SW1 78 16
BR 20
5a 20
GY
20
C OL OL
20
20
20
CF
20 20 W 20 BL
16
W/R DRM 16 BR 16
16
20 GY 20
4a
20
LDT 4 W/BL 16
34 PTH
20
20
11 (518 f) WTH (890 f)
W 31
LDL CSW
12 14 16
16
BL
20
16
16
20
20 ST3
LM
ST2 (205 f)
20
16
W/R UM (311 f) BL 16
W/Y
20
20
BL 20 W/BL
TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6

SYMBOL KEY
BE: BROIL ELEMENT 2000W
C: CATALYST SELF
CF: COOLING FAN MOTOR OFF BAKE BROIL CLEAN
CFT: COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT TIMER MANUAL
CSW: CLEAN SWITCH 1a 1 1a 1
MSW
DRM: DOOR MICROSWITCH 2a 2
DWM: DOWN MICROSWITCH 3a 3
LDL: DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR 4a 4
WIRE COLOR CODE
LDT: LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT SW1 5a 5
LEI: LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING1400W R RED 6a 6
LEO: LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600W
7a 7
LM: DOOR LOCKING MOTOR W WHITE
8a 8
MSW: MANUAL SWITCH BK BLACK
OL: OVEN LAMP 9a 9
ONL: ON INDICATOR BL BLUE 10a 10
PTH: SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT BR BROWN 11a 11
PR: TIMER 12a 12
GY GRAY SW2
RB: RELAY BOARD 13a 13
ST: HIGH LIMIT THERMOSTAT GN GREEN
14a 14
SW: PROGRAM SELECTOR W/BL WHITE/BLUE 15a 15
HBL 53
TB: TERMINAL BLOCK
W/BK WHITE/BLACK 16a 16
TP: TEST POINT
UEI: UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500W W/R WHITE/RED
1a 1
UEO: UPPER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 500W
W/Y WHITE/YELLOW 2a 2
UM: UP MICROSWITCH CSW
4a 4
WTH: VARIABLE THERMOSTAT
A B
N L2 L1
BL
BE
UEI
UEO
R
BL
LDT ST1 PTH L
GN
/B
C2 11 21 31 W JUMPER CONNECTED
GY /R
LDL W FOR 208V ONLY
2 I
14 24 34 B TB 1 LE
R O
GN
W
BK
R
TP5 W/Y TB 11 LE
12 C 2 WIRE COLOR CODE
SW
TB 5 4 3 2 1
R RED
TP4 W/R
W
BK
R
C2 GN W WHITE
SW2 16 GY
SW2 15 BR BK BLACK
TP C1
W/BL
W/R
BL
A B
BL BLUE
1
CSW
2
W LM C1
BR BROWN
2
W/R C2
3 CSW 1 GY GRAY
UEI
W/R W
W/R
UEO
4 LDT 12 GN GREEN
BL
W/Y
SW1 1
W TP2 5 LDT 14 W/BL WHITE/BLUE
W/Y
PR-N 6 W/BL
LM
R
OL1
SW2 14
SW2 12
C2 C1
15 W/BK WHITE/BLACK
SW GN
GY
W/R WHITE/RED
ST2
2
ST3
W/BK C1
BL W/Y WHITE/YELLOW
C2 WTH 3 CFT
C2
W
LDL C1 C1
1
C1
BL
W/Y
OL1
2
UM W/R
ON L
13 SW2 10
SW1 5A
C2 BL
29
SYMBOL KEY
RB-CV
2
C1
CF
C1
SW
OL
SW2 14A
OL2
W
C: CATALYST
BR B L OL2
W/ CF: COOLING FAN MOTOR
2 CFT: COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT
DWM CF
13 CSW: CLEAN SWITCH
DRM: DOOR MICROSWITCH
BR
BR
W
BL
DWM: DOWN MICROSWITCH
C2 78 LEI: LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING1400W
R
B
C1 LEO: LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600W
-J1
LDL: DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR
SW
1
LDT: LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT
ST3
OL1
TB1
TB2
LEO
ST2
4A
CF
OL1
OL1
LM: DOOR LOCKING MOTOR
PTH34 SW2 13 MSW: MANUAL SWITCH
C
CFT 1
OL: OVEN LAMP
CF
CFT 3
BE
C
LEI
C1
C3 ONL: ON INDICATOR
2 BL SW2 9
DRM PR: TIMER
13
PTH: SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT
RB: RELAY BOARD
GY
C2 ST: HIGH LIMIT THERMOSTAT
R
GY
4
16 16a SW: PROGRAM SELECTOR
BR
2
TB: TERMINAL BLOCK
UM
15 15a
1
W/BK
TP3
U
W/BL
L
PTH3 3
14 14a TP: TEST POINT
BR
LDT1M2
DWM
13 UEI: UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500W
DWMM
10 SW2 13a
SW2 W/R
ST2
12 UEO: UPPER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 500W
C2 R 11 11a
/R
UM: UP MICROSWITCH
W/R GY
W
UM 3 10 10a WTH: VARIABLE THERMOSTAT
W/R 9 9a
DRM 2 BL
W C3
W/BL
W/BK
BK
W/Y
RB BL 8 8a
7
SW1 4
CV 6 6a
BR W BR BR
L1 WTH 5 SW1 5a W/BL
J1 R BK
W/BL
SW1 1A W/BK F2 ONL MSW 1 4 4a
F1 3 3a
2 2a R PR-L
4 4a W/BL GY
MSW CSW 1 1a
W/BK RB-F2
BK
W/Y BR 2 W HBL 53
1 1a LDL 2a
W/R 1 1a GY
CF
SW1 2A
W/BL
R
W
R
E3 E6 E4 N E5 L BL
W/BL
GN
PR
DIAGRAM #25
W/R
W/BL
20
MSW PR W 20
E3 20 20
BK
1a E6 W/BL ONL
1 E4 ST1 21 DWM SW1
W/Y20 (572 f) W/R 20
20 R L N 1
24 1a
E5 R BL 20 2a 2
20
16 3a 3 16 W 16 2a
20
20
4a 4
F1 CSW
BK 16 5a 5 W/BL 16
F2 W/BK
DIAGRAM #26
6a 6 2
18
20 20 GY
L1
CV W/BL 16 20 7a 7 20
16
Jumper Connected 20 8a 8 BL 20
E6
W/R
W/BL
for 208V Only GY 20 9a 9 W/R
BR 20 10a 10 W/Y
TB
1 18 E5
W/BK 18
11a 11
2 18 RB R
12a 12 18
16 AWG 3 Red 16 16 R 16 13a W/R 18
13
L1
16 14a 14 BR
16 AWG 4 Black
18
L2 1a R 15a 18
15 W/BL
16 AWG 5 White 20
N 16a 16 BR 18
14 AWG 6 GN 14 17a 18
1 17 GY
16
20
W/BL 18a 18
18
W/R 16
20 3 2 CSW
W/BK
CFT R
20
W/R
20
(140 f) 1
20 SW2
7 20 20
20
BR RE BE UEI UEO LEI LEO
20
20
SW1 78 16
BR 20
7a 20
GY
WM
20
20
C OL OL
20
20
20
CF
20 20 W 20 BL
16
W/R 16 BR 16
DRM 16
20 GY 20 4a
4 34 PTH
20
LDT W/BL 16
20
20 (890 f)
11 (518 f) WTH
W 31
LDL CSW
16
12 14
16
HBL 54 BL
20
16
16 ST3
20
20
LM (205 f)
ST2
20
16
W/R UM (311 f) BL 16
W/Y
20
20
W/BL
BL 20
SYMBOL KEY
C: CATALYST
CF: COOLING FAN MOTOR CONV CONV CONV CONV THERMAL SELF
CFT: COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT TIMER MANUAL OFF BAKE ROAST BROIL THAW BAKE BROIL CLEAN
CSW: CLEAN SWITCH 1 1a 1
DRM: DOOR MICROSWITCH
MSW 1a 2a 2
DWM: DOWN MICROSWITCH 3a 3
LDL: DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR 4a 4
LDT: LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT 5a 5
WIRE COLOR CODE
LEI: LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING 1400W SW1 6a 6
LEO: LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600W R RED 7a 7
LM: DOOR LOCKING MOTOR 8a 8
MSW: MANUAL SWITCH W WHITE 9a 9
OL: OVEN LAMP BK BLACK 10a 10
ONL: ON INDICATOR 11a 11
BL BLUE
PR: TIMER 12a 12
PTH: SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT BR BROWN 13a 13
RB: RELAY BOARD GY GRAY
SW2 14a 14
RE: RING ELEMENT 2500W 15a 15
ST: HIGH LIMIT THERMOSTAT GN GREEN 16a 16
SW: PROGRAM SELECTOR W/BL WHITE/BLUE 17a 17
TB: TERMINAL BLOCK 18a 18
TP: TEST POINT W/BK WHITE/BLACK 19a 19
UEI: UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500W W/R WHITE/RED 20a 20
UEO: UPPER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 500W 1a 1
W/Y WHITE/YELLOW 2a 2
UM: UP MICROSWITCH CSW 4a 4
WM: CONV. FAN MOTOR
WTH: VARIABLE THERMOSTAT
A B
N L2 L1
OL1
O L2
BL
BE
SW2 11
W
UEI
W/Y O
SW1 10 UE R
LDT ST1 PTH
GN
C1 WM
C1 L
C2 BR 21 31 /B
GY W /R JUMPER CONNECTED
GN
W
BK
R
LDL 2 W
I FOR 208V ONLY
W/BK
14 24 34 TB 1 LE
O
TP5 W/Y TB 12 LE
W 2
12 C RE GN S
TB 5 4 3 2 1
BL
BR
TP4 W/R GN
R
C2
W
GY
A B
BK
SW2 17
SW2 16 BR
TP C1
W/R
W/BL
1
CSW
2
W
W LM C1
2 WIRE COLOR CODE
3 W/R C2 CSW 1
UEI
W/R
UEO
4 LDT 12 R RED
L
SW1 6
W 5 W/Y LDT 14 B
TP2 W WHITE
W/BL
R
PR-N 6
W/Y W/R
LM 17 OL1 BK BLACK
SW2 15
SW2 13
C2 C1 SW GN
BL BLUE
ST2
ST3
2
GY
W/BK C1
BL BR BROWN
C2 C2
WTH 3 CFT
LDL C1 1 GY GRAY
W/Y C1
BL
C1
OL1
2 C2 GN GREEN
W/R
ON L
UM 13 SW1 9 SW1 7A
BL W/BL WHITE/BLUE
18
RB-CV
M
C1
CF
W/BK WHITE/BLACK
SW
C1
SW2 14A
0L2
W
BR W/R WHITE/RED
OL2 W/Y WHITE/YELLOW
W /BL
2 CF
DWM 13
BR
BR
C1
W
BL
C2 78
R
B-
SYMBOL KEY
TB2
J1
TB1
C1
LEO
CF
CTF 3
SW
1 PTH34 C SW2 14 BE: BROIL ELEMENT 2000W
MV
1A
WM
OL1
C: CATALYST
ST3
OL1
CTF 1 RE
BE
LEI
C
CF: COOLING FAN MOTOR
ST2
CF
CFT: COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT

C3 CSW: CLEAN SWITCH
2 BL SW1 8 DRM: DOOR MICROSWITCH
DRM 13 G 20 20a DWM: DOWN MICROSWITCH
Y
R 19 19a LDL: DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR
C2 18 18a LDT: LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT
GY 17 17a LEI: LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING1400W
4
BR 16 SW2
16a
2
LEO: LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600W
UM
1
W/Y
TP3
U
15 15a
L
LM: DOOR LOCKING MOTOR
PTH3 3
9
LDT1M2
BR 14 14a W/BK
DWM
SW2 MSW: MANUAL SWITCH
DWMM
W/R
13 13a
ST2
R 12 OL: OVEN LAMP
W/BK ONL: ON INDICATOR
11 11a PR: TIMER
W
W/Y PTH: SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT
BL
BL
RB: RELAY BOARD

W/BL C2 10 10a ST: HIGH LIMIT THERMOSTAT
W/R GY
/R
UM3 9 9a
/Y
C3 SW: PROGRAM SELECTOR
W
DRM2
W
RB 8 8a TB: TERMINAL BLOCK
BK
BR 7 BR
GY SW1 7a TP: TEST POINT
SW1 1
CV 6 6a W/BK
BR RB-F2 UEO: UPPER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 500W
L1 W 5 5a
W/BK J1 R WTH UEI: UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500W
SW1 6A F2 ONL 4 UM: UP MICROSWITCH
F1 3 3a R WTH: VARIABLE THERMOSTAT
2 2a
W/BL 4 4a
W/BL
BK PR-L
CSW
BK
MSW1 1 1a
MSW W/Y W
1 1a LDL
BR 2 2a
W/R 1 W/BL
1a
GY
W/BL
W
CF
R
R SW1 2A
E3 E6 E4 N E5L BL
GN
W/BL HBL 54
PR
DIAGRAM #27
DIAGRAM #28
A B
UPPER OVEN R 20
BL
BL W/BL
SW1
TSW CSW
20
1a 1
20
R 20 2a 2
7a 2 BR
7 16
W 16
2a 4a CSW DRM
3a 3
W GY 20
4a 4
16 BK W/BL 16 11 LDT
20
5a 5
(518 f)
20
RE
20 BL 6a 6 GY OL
4
W/BL
7a 7 20
12 14 LDL
BE
OL
16
8a 8 BL 20
16
9a 9 W/R 20 WTH LM
20
20
10a 10 20 W/Y WM UEI 20
20
GY C BR UM
20
11a 11 W/BK18 BL
20
16
12 R 18
BL
16
12a
13a 13 W/R 18 UEO 34
16
16 14a 14 BR
PTH
20
ST3
20
W/BL18
20
15a 15 LEI (890 f)
BR 18 (205 f) W/Y
16
16a 16 31
W/R
17a 17 GY 18 16 BL
20
LEO
R 18a 18
8 TSW 19a 19
20 W/R
16
CFT 20a 20
W 20 20 W
W/BK
(140 f) 1a
20
3 2 SW1 GY 20 1 20 W/R W/Y

7 1
8a
ST2 W/R CSW 20
20
BR R 20 (311 f) ONL
SW1
78
20 20 W W/R 18
7a BR CF W/BL 18
DWM TSW
BK
10 AWG
14 AWG
12 AWG
12 AWG
ST1 BL 16
21 24 20 16a
16
(572 f)
20
16 BK
TSW 16 R MTB
20
6 6a
20 14
GN
W
12 12a 16 RB 6
GY
16
GN14
5 5a E6 E5
BK 5 N
R
W/BL
W BR
11 11a 20 16
4 L2
20
20
F2
16
14 14a
F1 BR 3 L1
20
13 13a 16 W/Y CV 2
L1 16 W/R
4 4a
1
R
W/BK
BL
16
W/R
20
3 3a E4
BR
W
10 10a
3
20
BL
16
20 E5 E3
20
GN 14
2 JUMPERS CONNECTED FOR 208V ONLY
L
20
N L 1
20
PR STB
DWM
16
20 20 BL 15a
21 24 20 15
20
ST1
(572 f) TSW
20
CFT 2
LOWER OVEN 5 BR (140 f) ONL W/R 18
TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 20 W/R
W/BL
SW2
18
2a TSW 78
20 1
3
5a W UM
20 20 20 W 20
20
BL
20
W/R W/R
20
20
GY 20
W/Y LM
W/R 20
12 14
2 SW2 20
1a 1
20
2a 2 W/BL LDT
(518 f) 11
W/R 20
3a 3
W 16 TSW CSW W/Y 20
4a 4 4a CSW GY
20
2
BR 20 5a 5 BR20 1a 1 W 2a LDL
BL
20
OL
20
16 16
6a 6
BK 16
7a 7 DRM
W/R 20
OL 4
16
8a 8
W/BL
16
BE
BR
16
9a 9 BL 20 WTH
16
W/BK
GY 10a 10 20 UEI
20
11a 11 R 18
BR
C
ST2
20
12a 12 W/R 18
(311 f) 13a 13 BR
16
16
W/BL 18 34 BL
W/BK
20
16 14a 14 UEO
BR 18
W/R
W/R
15a 15
LEI PTH ST3
16a 16 GY 18 31
(890 f) (205 f)
SW2 LEO
16 BL
1
1a
20 GY
20 CSW
SYMBOL KEY
BE : BROIL ELEMENT 2000 W
C : CATALYST SW1 TSW
CFT : COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT WIRE COLOR CODE
POS.
POS.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
CSW : CLEAN SWITCH 1a 2a 3a — 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a — 13a 14a 15a 16a 17a 18a 19a 20a 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a
DRM : DOOR MICROSWITCH DOWN OVEN L XXX XXX X R RED
DWM : DOWN MICROSWITCH OFF X MANUAL O XX X XX W WHITE
LDL : DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR CONV BAKE X X XX X XX X X UP OVEN R XXXXX X X
LDT : LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT CONV ROAST X X XX X X X XXXX X BK BLACK
LEI : LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING 1400 W CONV BROIL X X XX X X XX X X X BL BLUE
LEO : LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600 W THAW X X X X X X X CSW
LM : DOOR LOCKING MOTOR 1 2 4 BR BROWN
BAKE X X XX X X XXXX X POS.
MTB : MAIN TERMINAL BLOCK BROIL X X XX XX X X X 1a 2a 4a
GY GRAY
OL : OVEN LAMP SELF CLEAN XXX XX XX X X X XX X Ø
>Ø÷500 F X GN GREEN
ONL : ON INDICATOR
PR : TIMER SELF CLEAN XX W/BL WHITE/BLUE
PTH : SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT SW2
W/BK WHITE/BLACK
POS.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
RB : RELAY BOARD
1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a — 8a 9a 10a 11a — 13a 14a — 16a
RE : RING ELEMENT 2500 W W/R WHITE/RED
ST : HIGH LIMIT OFF W/Y WHITE/YELLOW
STB : SECONDARY TERMINAL BLOCK
SW : PROGRAM SELECTOR
BAKE XX X XX X X XXX
TP : TEST POINT
BROIL XX X XX X XX X
TSW : TIMER SELECTOR
SELF CLEAN XXX X XX XX XX X
UEI : UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500 W
UEO : UPPER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 500 W
UM : UP MICROSWITCH HBL 55
WM : CONV. FAN MOTOR
WTH : VARIABLE THERMOSTAT
A B DIAGRAM #29A
C4
CFT"3
78 "
OL2"
UM"3
BE"
UEI"
C"
UEO"
LEI"
LEO"
W/BL
W/BL
W/R
W/R
W/R
WH
BR
GY
BR
BR
GY
BL
BL
R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SW2 SW2
1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 8a 9a 10a 11a 13a 14a 15a 16a
BK
W/BL
W/R
GY
W/BK
W/BL
ST2"
MTB4
TSW4a CF"
TP3"
PTH34"
ST3"
ST2"
W/R
W/BL
HBL 55
BR
LM"
TP2"
1 2 4 TPG"
UM"2
LDT"11
CSW" WTH" ST1"24
1a 2a 4a
BL C2
WH
W/BL
GY
DWM'2
DWM'1
W/R TP'3
ONL" PTH'34
GN
CF' WH LDT'11
UM'2
WH UM'3
W/BL W/Y
PR
RB LDL"
GY
E3 GY
E6 F1 F2 L1 CV
R C3
E4
DRM'3
GY
WH J1
N LDL' SYMBOL KEY
E5 W/Y BE : BROIL ELEMENT 2000 W
W/BL C1 BK C : CATALYST
L
MTB3 WH CFT : COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT
WH ONL' CSW : CLEAN SWITCH
ST2'
BL DRM : DOOR MICROSWITCH

DWM : DOWN MICROSWITCH
LDL : DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR
BL
C1 LDT : LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT
LM : DOOR LOCKING MOTOR
WH WH LEI : LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING 1400 W
W/BL
W/BK
CSW'2a
BK
W/BL
BL LEO : LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600 W

BL
BL
BL
MTB : MAIN TERMINAL BLOCK

W/Y
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 OL : OVEN LAMP
ONL : ON INDICATOR
TSW TSW PR : TIMER
PTH : SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT
RB : RELAY BOARD
1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a RE : RING ELEMENT 2500 W
ST : HIGH LIMIT
WH
BL
WH STB : SECONDARY TERMINAL BLOCK

W/Y
WH
R
BK TP : TEST POINT
SW2'2a UEI : UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500 W
UM : UP MICROSWITCH
W/R WTH : VARIABLE THERMOSTAT
W/R
W/BL
BR
' : UPPER CAVITY COMPONENT

W/R
1 2 4 " : LOWER CAVITY COMPONENT
CSW' WTH'
W/R
1a 2a 4a
W/BL
C1
GY
WH
BL
C3 WIRE COLOR CODE
MTB3
DRM'2 CFT'2
CF'
TSW-7
ST3' R RED
CFT'3
CFT'1
OL1' W WHITE
WM'
RE'
BE' BK BLACK
MTB1
C' BL BLUE
MTB2
LEI'
LEO'
W/BK
W/BL
W/Y
BR BROWN
WH
PR:L MTB3
W/R
W/R
BR
BL
BL
GY
TSW13 ST2'
BR
GY
R
R
GY GRAY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 GN GREEN
W/BL WHITE/BLUE
SW1 SW1
W/BK WHITE/BLACK
1a 1a 3a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 13a 14a 15a 16a 17a 18a 19a 20a W/R WHITE/RED
W/Y WHITE/YELLOW
W/BK
BR ST2'
R BK CF'
R MTB4
BL C3 CFT'2
GY DRM'1
CONTROL PANEL
DIAGRAM #29B
A B
BL BL
DRM'
DWM'
DWM"
UM'
DRM"
UM"
LM' LM" WH
1
1 1 1
PR-N
32 1 1
32 32 32 32 3 2 C6/4
WH
W/R
BL GN
BL
GY
BL
GY
R
OL2'
BL
GY
W/R
W/Y
W/ R
CF'
W/Y
C5
C2
C3 C6
GY
-16
C2
TSW15
W
LDL"
TS
GY SW2-9
3
SW1-8
-E
SW1-18a
MTB3
BL
PR
C2
LDL'
SW1-9 SW2-13
SW2-10
W/Y
LDL'
LDL"
TP"5 LDT"14
H TP"4 LDT"12
W CSW2" PTH34"
TP" SW2-14a
MTB5 WH TSW-4
GY
1
W/Y W/R WH
PR-N LM"
ONL" WH WHT"
2 SW2-1 CFT"3
W/R SW2-5 78
CSW"1 3
LDT"12 C4 W/R SW2-5a CF" GY
4 SW2-14 UEO" 21 31 BL
C6 W/Y SW2-12 UEI" GY 11
LDT"14 5 BE"
LDL"
W/Y
6 LDT' PTH' SW2-11
SW2-16 LEO" 14 24 34
LEI" W/Y BR
C4 11 21 31 SW2-15 TP"5
GY 12
TP' LDL' TP"4 W/R
WH 14 24 34 C"
MTB5 1 C2
W/Y W/R WH
C6 LDT" ST1" PTH"

WH BR
2 12 CSW2"
CSW'1 W/R BL
3 ST1' C6/4
C2 W/R
4
W/Y
C
5
W/Y
SW
W/Y
6 O
'2
R
L1
W/
"
BL
BR B
WH L
OL2' OL2"
GN
WH
BR
BL
W
H
GN
OL1"
OL1'
GN
'
TH
W
0L'
L C1
B
W/BK
BL
WH
TSW13 BK
C1
ST2'
ST3'
C' C"
ST3"
ST2"
SW1-14a W/BK RE' WM'
CF"
CF'
C1 W/BK
W/Y
L' BL
ON
SW1-10
C1
W
H
C1
BL C1
WH
BR C1
GN BR
W/BK
PTH"34
SW1-11
SW1-14
BR
BR
BR C1 BR
BL
SW1-7a
78 78
BE'
UEI' C6/4 BE"
UEO' SW2-14 W/BL UEI"
SW2-12 W/R UEO"
W/BL
W/R
SW1-12 R
C1 BL W R
/R
BL GN
R LEO"
LEO'
LEI"
SW1:18a
LEI'
R
W
TSW:13a
/R
C6/4
C6/4
BR
SW2-1 GY
GY SW2-11
SW1-17 SW2-5 2
SW2-16 GY
R SW1-16 BR SW2-5a BR
SW2-15
C1 BL 3 1 BL
SW C1 WH CFT"
1-6 WH WM' BL
OL2"
BR SW
1-7
GY 2
C1
OL1' OL1"
C1 GN GN
3 1
CFT'
OL2' BL
BL WH
SW1-8
OL2"
W/R
CFT"2
C6 BK
SW1-5a
TSW5a W/R C1
BK
PR-L W/BL SW2-8a
C4
C1
TP"1
TP'1
R
W/BL
SW1-15
W/BL
W/R
W/R
SW1-13
WH
WH
C1
1 2 3 4 5 MTB 1 2 STB
JUMPER CONNECTED JUMPER CONNECTED
WH
GN
BK
FOR 208V ONLY FOR 208V ONLY

R
HBL 55
L1 L2 N
UPPER OVEN (') LOWER OVEN (")

A B DIAGRAM #30
UPPER OVEN R 20
BL
BL
W/BL
SW1
TSW CSW
20
1a 1
20
R 20 2a 2
7a 2 BR
7 16
W 16
2a 4a CSW DRM
3a 3
W GY 20
4a 4
16 BK W/BL 16 11 LDT
20
5a 5
20
OL RE (518 f)
20 BL 6a 6 GY 4
W/BL
7a 7 20
12 14 LDL
BE
OL
16
8a 8 BL 20
16
9a 9 W/R 20 WTH LM
20
20
10a 10 20 W/Y WM UEI 20
20
GY C BR UM
20
11a 11 W/BK 18 BL
20
16
12a 12 R 18
BL
16
13a 13 W/R 18 UEO 34
16
16 14a 14 BR
ST3
20
PTH
20
W/BL18
20
15a 15 LEI
16a 16 BR 18 31 (890 f) (205 f) W/Y
16
W/R
17a 17 GY 18 16 BL
20
LEO
R 18a 18
8 TSW 19a 19
20 W/R
16
CFT 20a 20
W 20 20 W
W/BK
(140 f) 1a
20
3 2 SW1 GY 20 1 20 W/R W/Y

7 1
8a
ST2 W/R CSW 20
20
BR R 20 (311 f) ONL
SW1
78
20 20 W W/R 18
7a BR CF W/BL 18
DWM TSW
BK
10 AWG
14 AWG
12 AWG
12 AWG
BL 16
ST1 21 24 20 16a
16
20 ( 572 )
16 BK
TSW 16 R MTB
20
6 6a
20 14
GN 6
W
12 12a 16 RB GY
16
GN14
5 5a E6 E5
BK 5 N
R
W/BL
11 11a 20 W BR 16 4
20
20
F2
16
L2
14 14a
F1 BR 3
L1
20
13 13a 16 W/Y CV 2
L1 16 W/R
4 4a 1
R
W/BK
BL
16
W/R
20
3 3a E4
BR
W
10 10a
3
20
BL
16
20 E5 E3
20
GN 14
2 JUMPERS CONNECTED FOR 208V ONLY
L
20
N L 1
20
PR STB
DWM
16
20 20 BL 15a
21 24 20 15
20
ST1
( 572 ) TSW
20
CFT 2
7 BR (140 f) ONL W/R 18
LOWER OVEN TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 20 W/R
W/BL
SW2
18
2a TSW 78
20 1
3
7a W UM
20 20 20 W 20
BL 20
BL
20
W/R W/R
20
20
GY 20
1a 1 12 14
W/Y LM
2 SW2 20
W/R 202a
W/BL
20
2 LDT
3a 3 W/BL (518 f) 11
4a 4
W 16 TSW CSW W/Y 20
20
16 BK 5a 5
OL 4a CSW GY
20
2
6a 6 1a 1 W 2a LDL
BL
20
OL
20
BR 7a BR 20 16
20 7
8a
8 BL RE DRM
9a 16 4 W/R 20
16
9
W/Y
W/BL
20
16
BE
10a 10
BR
16
WTH
16
W/BK
W/BK
GY
11 18 UEI
20
11a
12a
12 R 18
C BR
20
ST2 13a 13 W/R 18

(311 f) BR
16
14a 14
16
W/BL 34 BL
W/BK
20
16 15 18 UEO
15a
W/R
BR 18
W/R
16a 16
LEI PTH ST3
17a 17 GY 18 31 (890 f) (205 f)
18a 18 W/R 20 LEO
16 BL
19a 19
20a 20 1
SW2 1a
20 GY
20 CSW
SYMBOL KEY
BE : BROIL ELEMENT 2000 W
C : CATALYST
CFT : COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT
SW1 - SW2 TSW
CSW : CLEAN SWITCH WIRE COLOR CODE
POS.
POS.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
DRM : DOOR MICROSWITCH 1a 2a 3a — 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a — 13a 14a 15a 16a 17a 18a 19a 20a 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a
DWM : DOWN MICROSWITCH DOWN OVEN L XXX XXX X R RED
LDL : DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR OFF X MANUAL O XX X XX W WHITE
LDT : LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT CONV BAKE X X XX X XX X X UP OVEN R XXXXX X X
LEI : LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING 1400 W CONV ROAST X X XX X X X XXXX X BK BLACK
LEO : LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600 W CONV BROIL X X XX X X XX X X X BL BLUE
LM : DOOR LOCKING MOTOR THAW X X X X X X X CSW
MTB : MAIN TERMINAL BLOCK BR BROWN
BAKE X X XX X X XXXX X 1 2 4
POS.
OL : OVEN LAMP BROIL X X XX X XX X X X 1a 2a 4a
GY GRAY
Ø
ONL : ON INDICATOR SELF CLEAN XXX XX XX X X X XX X
>Ø÷500 F X GN GREEN
PR : TIMER
SELF CLEAN XX W/BL WHITE/BLUE
RB : RELAY BOARD W/BK WHITE/BLACK
RE : RING ELEMENT 2500 W
ST : HIGH LIMIT W/R WHITE/RED
STB : SECONDARY TERMINAL BLOCK W/Y WHITE/YELLOW
TP : TEST POINT
UM : UP MICROSWITCH
HBL 56
DIAGRAM #31A
A B
C4
CFT"3
78 "
OL2"
UM"3
WM"
RE"
BE"
UEI"
C"
UEO"
LEI"
W/BK
W/BL
W/BL
LEO"
W/R
W/R
W/R
W/Y
WH
GY
BR
BR
BR
GY
BL
BL
R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
SW2 SW2
1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 13a1 4a 15a 16a 17a 18a 19a 20a
HBL 56
W/R
BK
BR
GY
W/BL
W/BK ST2"
CF"
MTB4
TP3"
PTH34"
ST3"
TSW4a
ST2"
W/R
BR
W/BL
LM"
1 2 4 TP2"
TP6"
UM"2
LDT"11
CSW" WTH" ST1"24
1a 2a 4a
BL C2
WH
W/BL
GY
DWM'2
DWM'1
W/R
TP'3
ONL" PTH'34
GN CF' LDT'11
WH UM'2
WH UM'3
W/BL
W/Y
PR
RB LDL"
GY
E3 GY
E6 F1 F2 L1 CV
R C3
E4 DRM'3
GY
WH J1 SYMBOL KEY
N LDL' BE : BROIL ELEMENT 2000 W
E5 R W/Y C : CATALYST
W/BL C1
L BK CFT : COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT
MTB3 WH CSW : CLEAN SWITCH
ONL'
WH DRM : DOOR MICROSWITCH
ST2'
BL W DWM : DOWN MICROSWITCH

R
LDL : DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR
LDT : LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT
BL C1 LEI : LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING 1400 W
WH WH BL LEO : LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600 W
W/BK
W/BL
CSW'2a LM : DOOR LOCKING MOTOR

BK
W/BL
BL BL
MTB : MAIN TERMINAL BLOCK
BL
W/Y
OL : OVEN LAMP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 ONL : ON INDICATOR
PR : TIMER
TSW TSW RB : RELAY BOARD
RE : RING ELEMENT 2500 W
ST : HIGH LIMIT
1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a STB : SECONDARY TERMINAL BLOCK
BL
WH
TP : TEST POINT
W/Y
WH
WH
BK TSW : TIMER SELECTOR

SW2-18a
UM : UP MICROSWITCH
W/R
' : UPPER CAVITY COMPONENT

" : LOWER CAVITY COMPONENT
W/R
W/BL W/R
BR
1 2 4
CSW' WTH'
W/R
1a 2a 4a
C1
W/BL
WH
GY
BL
C3 MTB3
CFT'2
DRM'2 CF' WIRE COLOR CODE
ST3'
TSW-7
CFT'3
CFT'1 R RED
OL1'
WM'
RE' W WHITE
BE'
MTB1 BK BLACK
C'
MTB2
LEI' BL BLUE
LEO'
W/BK
W/BL
PR:L MTB3
W/R
W/R
W/Y
BR BROWN
WH
TSW13 ST2'
GY
BR
BR
GY
BL
BL
GY GRAY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
GN GREEN
SW1 SW1 W/BL WHITE/BLUE
W/BK WHITE/BLACK
1a 1a 3a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 13a 14a 15a 16a 17a 18a 19a 20a
W/R WHITE/RED
W/Y WHITE/YELLOW
W/BK ST2'
BR CF'
R BK
MTB4
BL R
DRM'1 CFT'2
GY C3
CONTROL PANEL
A B DIAGRAM #31B
BL BL
DRM'
DWM"
DWM'
DRM"
UM'
UM"
LM' LM" WH
1 PR-N
32 1 1 1 1 1
32 32 32 3 2 3 2 C6/4
WH
GN
BL
BL
GY
W/R
GY
BL
R
OL2'
W/R
W/Y
BL
GY
W/ R
CF' C5
W/Y
C2
C3 C6
GY
-16
C2
TSW15
W
LDL"
TS
BL
GY
3
SW2-8
SW1-8
-E
SW1-18a
GY
MTB3
PR
C2
LDL'
SW1-9 SW2-14
W/Y
LDL' SW2-9
LDL"
H TP"5 LDT"14
W TP"4 LDT"12
TP" CSW2" PTH34"
MTB5 WH 1 SW2-14a
W/Y W/R WH
WH TSW-4
ONL" 2 PR-N LM"
W/R WHT"
CSW"1 3 SW2-6 CFT"3
LDT"12 C4 W/R GY
4 SW2-7 78 11 31
C6 W/Y SW2-7a CF" 21
LDT"14 5 BL
W/Y SW2-15 UEO" GY
LDL" 6 LDT' PTH' 14 24 34
SW2-13 UEI" W/Y BR
C4 11 21 31 SW2-12 BE" TP"5
GY W/R 12
TP' LDL' SW2-17 LEO" TP"4
WH 14 SW2-16 LEI" C"
MTB5 1 C2 24 34 LDT" ST1" PTH"
W/Y W/R WH
WH SW2-11 RE" C6
2 12 BR SW2-10 WM" CSW2"
W/R
CSW'1 3 BL C6/4
C2 W/R ST1'
4
W/Y
C
5
W/Y
SW
W/Y
6
'2
O
R
L1
W/
"
BL
BR B
L
WH
OL2' OL2"
GN
BR
WH
BL
GN
OL1'
GN
'
TH
W
0L'
1"
0 0L
L C1
B
W/BK
BL
WH
WH
TSW13 BK
C1
ST2'
ST3'
C' C"
ST3"
ST2"
SW1-14a W/BK RE' WM' WM"
CF"
CF'
RE"
C1 W/BK
W/Y
'
O NL W/Y
SW1-10 SW2-10
BL
C1
W
H
C1
BL C1 WH
SW2-11 W/BK
BR C1
GN BR C6/4
W/BK GN
PTH"34
SW1-11 BR
SW1-14
BR
BR C1
BL
BR
BL BL
SW1-7a
78 78
BE'
UEI' BE"
SW2-15 W/BL C6/4 UEI"
UEO'
SW2-13 W/R UEO"
W/BL
W/R
SW1-12 R W
/R R
C1 BL
LEO"
R
LEO'
LEI"
SW1:18a
LEI'
R
/R
TSW:13a C6/4
SW2-6 C6/4
BR
GY SW2-12
SW1-17 GY SW2-7 2 GY
SW2-17
R SW1-16 BR SW2-7a SW2-16 BR
BL 3 1 BL
GN
C1
SW C1 WH CFT"
1- WH WM' BL
6 OL2"
BR SW
1 -7
GY 2
OL1' OL1"
C1 GN
C1 3 1 GN
CFT'
OL2' BL
SW1-8 BL WH
WM"
W/R
CFT"2
C6 BK
SW1-5a
TSW5a W/R BK C1
PR-L W/BL SW2-5a
C4
C1
TP"1
TP'1
R
W/BL
SW1-15
SW1-13 W/R
WH
WH
C1
1 2 3 4 5 MTB
W/BL
W/R
JUMPER CONNECTED
WH
HBL 56
GN
BK
FOR 208V ONLY

R
1 2 STB
JUMPER CONNECTED
FOR 208V ONLY
L1 L2 N
UPPER OVEN (') LOWER OVEN (")

POWER SUPPLY
BK
G
W
GROUND 16
DIAGRAM #32
LINE 15
REIG 5 13
REI 5 REIG 4 12
(RR) (RR) SW4 NHT 71

REI 4 NEUTRAL 11
(LR) (LR) SW3

REI 3 REIG 3 10
(RF) (RF) SW2

REI 2 REIG 2 9
(LF) (LF) SW1

REI 1 REIG 1 8
IGNITORS SPARK MODULE VALVE SWITCHES
POWER SUPPLY
BK
G
W
GROUND 16
LINE 15
REIG 5 13
(RR) (RR) SW5

REI 5 REIG 4 12 NHT 91
(CR) (CR) SW4
REI 4 NEUTRAL 11
(LR) (LR) SW3

REI 3 REIG 3 10
(RF) (RF) SW2

REI 2 REIG 2 9
(LF) (LF) SW1

REI 1 REIG 1 8
IGNITORS SPARK MODULE VALVE SWITCHES

A B
L1 a1
4 3
1
e6
4
u6 u8 u2 u4
2
b a b b a b
a a
u5 u3 b2
3 5 b1
A B
a b b a
4 6
1
b3
161˚F 2
f1 1
140˚F
2 4 f4
h1 f3 e5 1 permanent split
F
capacitor motor (m2)
2 4
L
A2 PTC r1
s2 1M
1M 1M 1M
m1 m3 N
m2 185˚F
e0
2 1 f5
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
current path

a1 MAIN SWITCH 2 f5 HIGH LIMIT 185˚F 12 POWER SCRUB b1 & b3
A2 ACTUATOR (Dispenser) 7 h1 ON/OFF LAMP 4
e0 DOOR SWITCH 3 m1 TIMER MOTOR 6 REGULAR b1 & b2
e5 FLOW SWITCH 11 m2 CIRCULATION MOTOR 10
e6 FLOAT SWITCH 7 m3 DRAIN MOTOR 8 RINSE & HOLD b3
f1 WATER LEVEL SWITCH 5 r1 HEATING ELEMENT 12
f3 THERMOSTAT 140˚F 9 s2 WATER SOLENOID 5 SHU 30
f4 THERMOSTAT 161˚F 6 u– TIMER CONTACTS –
DIAGRAM #33
1 739 911 201
c/u 1 737 203 858
Timer – u On / Off Switch – a1
SHU 30 Door Switch – e0 Selector Switch – b
RD-A2
5b
3b
b.
b.
b.
b.
b.
b.
YE-f4 1 2 3 4 5 6
h1
5a
3a
BU-l6-4 e0
DIAGRAM #34
1 739 911 203
c/u 1 737 203 858
a1
5
3
1 2 3 4 5 6
GY-l6-1
WH-f4
VT-u-8b
VT-b-3 BK-m2-1
8b
6b
4b
2b
GN-u-6a
VTBK-u-2a
GYRD-b-2 WHGN-b-1
GYRD-u-6b
WHGN-u-4b
GYRD-l6-8 VTBK-b-5
8a
6a
4a
2a
WH-l6-3 GYBK-e5-1
WH-f4
8
6
4
2
GN-l6-6
RD-l6-5
BK-l1-L1
WH-l1-N
GN-b-4
WHVT-u-4
WHRD-A2
WHRD-l6-9
WHVT-a1-3
1M WHRD-A2
m1 Float Switch – e6 Thermostat – f4
Actuator (Dispenser) – A2
Wiring Connector – l6
Drain Motor – m3 RD-l6-5 161˚F
WHRD-f5 RD-u-3b
9 4 YE-u-5b
WHRD-e0-1 BURD-m2 GYRD-m3-L1
GYRD-u-6b 8 GYRD-m3-L1 GYRD-l6-8 1 2 A2
L1 GYRD-e6-4 GY-l6-1 WH-u-8a WHRD-m1
7 WHRD-e0-1
WH-b-6
GN-u-6a 6 GN-f3 BURD-m2-2
RD-a1-3 5 RD-e6-1 BURD-s2
BU-u-5a 4 BU-f1-1
WH-u-8a 3 WH-e5-2 Ground – PE
2 Water Level Switch – f1 Flow Switch – e5
GY-u-3 1 GY-e6-2
BU-l6-4 4 GNYE-PE-1
Water Solenoid – s2 4
RD-r1
WH-f3 1 2
GNYE-r1 4 WH-f3
1 2 GNYE-r1
VT-f1-2 VT-s2 WH-l6-3
2
P 1 GNYE-m2
BURD-m3
GNYE-PE-4
Thermostats – f3 & f5 Circulation Motor – m2
Electrical Supply – l1 f3
WH-e5-2 BK-u-2b BK = black
Heating Element – r1 WH-f1-4 BURD-m3
1 2 3 BURD-l6-9 BN = brown
140˚F RD = red
GN-l6-6 YE = yellow
L1 BK-a1-4
RD-e5-4 GN = green
N WH-e0-2 GNYE-1-PE-3 f5 BU = blue
GNYE-PE-2 WHRD-l6-9 1M VT = violet
GNYE-r1 GNYE-s2 K1 GY = gray
185˚F
PE-3 GNYE-m2 RD-r1 GNYE-PE-1 WH = white
RD-f5 GNYE-r1 PK = pink
High Limit
A B
PRE-WASH WASH W/ HEAT PRE-RINSE RINSE W/ HEAT DRYING
a
1 b
T a Timer Stop
I 2 b Circulation Motor
M 3 a
b Actuator
E 4 a Heating Element
b Drain Motor
A B
R a Water Solenoid
5 b Thermostat 161˚F
a Thermostat 140˚F
C 6 b Drain Motor
O a
7 b
N a Timer Motor
T 8 b 161˚F Thermostat Bypass
11
A 12
C 13
14
T 15
S 16
17
18
19
TIME IN
SECONDS
30
30
f1+5
f1+55
60
60
30
30
(5)
f1+5
f1+50
60
60
60
30
30
f1+5
f1+55
60
60
180
f3/f4+5
f3+5
230
30
30
60
60
f1+5
f1+55
240
30
30
f1+5
f1+55
60
60
f3+5
55
60
f4+5
45
5
5
60
240
240
240
60
60
60
60
TIMER POSITION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
OPERATION
P
P
F
F+U
U
U
P+U
P
Stop
F
F+U
U
U
U
P+U
P
F
F+U
H+U+R
H+U+R
H+U
H+U
H+U
U
P+U
P
F
P
F
F+U
U
P+U
P
F
F+U
H+U
H+U
H+U
H+U+K
H+U+K
H+U
U
U
U
P
T
T
T
T
T
T
P
off
off
WASH/RINSE
P 161˚F/161˚F 161˚ 161˚ Power Scrub

R
O 140˚F/161˚F 140˚ 161˚ Regular
G Rinse & Hold
R
A
M
OPERATION KEY
P = DRAINING R = DETERGENT DISPENSING SHU 30
H = HEATING
DIAGRAM #35
1 739 911 202
c/u 1 737 203 858
e3 NTC l4
f2-f4
1
X2
1 1 1 1 1
DIAGRAM #36
1 739 911 198
2 1 7 6 3 2 1 X1 e0 a1
I2.6- I2.5- I2.9 I2.8 1 2
N
I2.1-1
3 4
I2.1-2
5 6
L1
I2.1-3 2
Control Module – I2
I2.7-1
I2.2- I2.4- I2.4-1 I2.7-2 I2.4-2

1 2 8 7 3 4
185˚F
1
s2
A1 f5
A2 4 o2
f1 r1
1 2 4
m2
1
e6 F
m3
e5
Symbol Key Symbol Key

permanent split
a1 ON/OFF SWITCH l4 AQUA SENSOR
A1 ACTUATOR (Upper Basket) m2 CIRCULATION MOTOR capacitor motor (m2)
A2 ACTUATOR (Dispenser) m3 DRAIN MOTOR SHI 43/68
e0 DOOR SWITCH NTC TEMPERATURE SENSOR L
e3 REED SWITCH r1 HEATING ELEMENT and SHU 43/53/68
e5 FLOW SWITCH s2 WATER SOLENOID
e6 FLOAT SWITCH X1 JUMPER 1M
f1 WATER LEVEL SWITCH X2 SERVICE CONNECTOR
f5 HIGH LIMIT 185˚F N
1 dependent on equipment
2 contacts 5–6 are momentary – they reset the control module & actuate the test program
A B
Control Module– l2
SHI/SHU 43 Ground – PE
.7 4 GNYE-PE-1
1 2
.1 .2 .4 .6 .5
3 2 1 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 .5 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 .9 2 GNYE-r1
x1
On/Off Switch – a1 1 GNYE-m2
Door Switch – e0 GNYE-PE-4
A B
BU-A2
BU-A2
BU-l6-7
BN-l5-7
BU-l6-6
BU-l6-8
BU-l6-9
RD-l6-1
e0
BN-l5-1
BN-l5-2
BN-l5-5
BN-l5-6
WH l6-3
WH a1-5
WH a1-6
BK-l2.7-1
WH-e0-1
BK-l2.1-2
1
GYBK-a1-3
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 Wiring Connectors – I5 & I6
l5
Water Level Switch – f1 NTC – f2 & f4 / Thermostat – f5 GN-NTC 1 BN-l2.5-7
GN-NTC 2 BN-l2.5-6
RD-e6-1 3
NTC
GN-l5-1 4
f2-f4 Actuator (Dispenser) – A2 5 BN-l2.5-3 1
BU-l6-7
WH-l6-2
BK-l1-L1
4
WH-l1-N
1 GN-l5-2 6 BN-l2.5-2 1
WH-l2.1-1
WH-l2.1-3
WH-l2.4-8
7 BN-l2.5-1 1
GYBK-l2.7-1
BU-l2.2-1
WHRD-e5-1
2
f5
8
P RD-l6-1 A2
BU-l2.2-2 9
185˚F
RD-r1 l6
RD-f5 1 RD-l2.7-2
WH-e6-1 2 WH-a1-6
High Limit 3 WH-l2.4-7 1
Circulation Motor – m2 4
5
BK-l6-8 VT-s2 6 BU-l2.4-4
Float switch – e6 Water Solenoid – s2 WHVT-m3 BU-f1-4 7 BU-l2.4-3
1 2 3
WHVT-e5 BK-m2-1 8 BU-l2.4-2
RD-f1-1 9
WH-l6-2 GNYE-r1 GYRD-m3-L1 BU-l2.4-1
VT-l6-6
4 GYRD-m3-L1 1M
1 2 WH-e6-2 K4
WH-s2
GNYE-PE-1
GNYE-r1 BK = black
BN = brown
RD = red
YE = yellow
Electrical Supply – l1 Heating Element – r1 GN = green
Flow Switch – e5 Drain Motor – m3 BU = blue
VT = violet
RD-e5-4 GY = gray
L1 BK-a1-4 GNYE-l1-PE-3 WH = white
GNYE-PE-2 GYRD-e6-4 PK = pink
2
N WH-e0-2 1 GYRD-l6-9
GNYE-s2 4 RD-r1 L1
GNYE-r1 GNYE-m2
RD-f5 WHRD-e0-1 WHVT-m2-2
PE-3 WHVT-m2-3 1 may exist without function
DIAGRAM #37
1 739 911 220
Control Module – l2 Reed Switch – e3 Ground – PE
SHU 53
.7 N 4 GNYE-PE-1
YE-l2.6-2
1 2
.1 .2 .4 .6 .5
3 2 1 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.5 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.9 S YE-l2.6-1 2 GNYE-r1
DIAGRAM #38
1 739 911 205
x1
1 GNYE-m2
GNYE-PE-4
On/Off Switch – a1
YE-e3
YE-e3
BU-A2
BU-A2
Door Switch – e0
BU-l6-7
BN-l5-7
BU-l6-6
BU-l6-8
BU-l6-9
RD-l6-1
BN-l5-1
BN-l5-2
BN-l5-5
BN-l5-6
WH l6-3
Wiring Connectors – I5 & I6
WH a1-5
WH a1-6
BK-l2.7-1
WH-e0-1
BK-l2.1-2
1
GYBK-a1-3
l5
e0
GN-NTC 1 BN-l2.5-7
GN-NTC 2 BN-l2.5-6
1 2 3 4 5 6
Water Level Switch – f1 NTC – f2 & f4 / Thermostat – f5 Aqua Sensor – l4 3
4
BN-l4-3 5 BN-l2.5-3
RD-e6-1 NTC BN-l4-2 6 BN-l2.5-2
GN-l5-1 3 2 1
f2-f4 BN-l4-1 7 BN-l2.5-1
4 BU-l6-7 8
1 GN-l5-2 9
2
WH-l6-2
BK-l1-L1
WH-l1-N
f5
WH-l2.1-1
WH-l2.1-3
WH-l2.4-8
P RD-l6-1 l6
GYBK-l2.7-1
WHRD-e5-1
High RD-f5 1 RD-l2.7-2
185˚F
Limit RD-r1 WH-e6-1 2 WH-a1-6
BN-l5-7
BN-l5-5
BN-l5-6
Water Solenoid – s2 3 WH-l2.4-7 1

4
GNYE-r1 VT-l6-6 5
Circulation Motor– m2 VT-s2 6 BU-l2.4-4
WH-e6-2 BU-f1-4 7 BU-l2.4-3
BK-l6-8 BK-m2-1 8 BU-l2.4-2
Float Switch – e6 WHVT-m3 GYRD-m3-L1 9 BU-l2.4-1
1 2 3
WHVT-e5
RD-f1-1
WH-l6-2 Actuator (Dispenser) – A2
4 GYRD-m3-L1 1M
1 2 K4 BU-l2.2-1
WH-s2 A2 BK = black
GNYE-PE-1 BN = brown
GNYE-r1 BU-l2.2-2
RD = red
YE = yellow
GN = green
Heating Element – r1 BU = blue
Flow Switch – e5 Drain Motor – m3 VT = violet
Electrical Supply – l1 GY = gray
RD-e5-4 WH = white
GNYE-l1-PE-3 GYRD-e6-4 PK = pink
GNYE-PE-2 2
L1 BK-a1-4 1 GYRD-l6-9
4 RD-r1 L1
GNYE-s2
N WH-e0-2 GNYE-m2 WHRD-e0-1 WHVT-m2-2
RD-f5 WHVT-m2-3
GNYE-r1
1 may exist without function
PE-3
A B
SHI/SHU 68 Control Module – l2 Reed Switch – e3 Ground – PE
.7 N
YE-l2.6-2 4 GNYE-PE-1
1 2
.1 .2 .4 .6 .5
3 2 1 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.5 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.9 S YE-l2.6-1
2 GNYE-r1
Door Switch – e0 Aqua Sensor – l4 1 GNYE-m2
A B
GNYE-PE-4
YE-e3
YE-e3
BU-A2
BU-A2
Wiring Connectors – I5 & I6
BU-l6-7
e0
BN-l5-7
BU-l6-6
BU-l6-8
BU-l6-9
RD-l6-1
BN-l5-1
BN-l5-2
BN-l5-5
BN-l5-6
3 2 1
WH l6-3
WH a1-5
WH a1-6
BK-l2.7-1
WH-e0-1
BK-l2.1-2
GYBK-a1-3
1 2 3 4 56 l5
GN-NTC 1 BN-l2.5-7
GN-NTC 2 BN-l2.5-6
Water Level Switch – f1 NTC – f2 & f4 / Thermostat – f5 3
4
BN-l4-3 5 BN-l2.5-3
BN-l5-7
BN-l5-5
BN-l5-6
RD-e6-1 NTC
GN-l5-1 BN-l4-2 6 BN-l2.5-2
f2-f4 BN-l4-1 7 BN-l2.5-1
WH-l6-2
BU-l6-7
BK-l1-L1
WH-l1-N
4 GN-l5-2 8
WH-l2.1-1
WH-l2.1-3
WH-l2.4-8
1
9
GYBK-l2.7-1
WHRD-e5-1
2 Actuators – A1 & A2
f5 RD-l6-1
P High l6
185˚F upper basket wash WH-l6-2 RD-f5 1 RD-l2.7-2
Limit RD-r1
RD-e6-1 WH-A1 2 WH-a1-6
Water Solenoid – s2 GY-A1 3 WH-l2.4-7
A1 4
GY-l6-3
GNYE-r1 VT-l6-6 5
Circulation Motor – m2 VT-s2 6 BU-l2.4-4
WH-e6-2 detergent dispenser BU-f1-4 7 BU-l2.4-3
BK-l6-8 BK-m2-1 8 BU-l2.4-2
Float Switch – e6 WHVT-m3 BU-l2.2-1
GYRD-m3-L1 9 BU-l2.4-1
1 2 3 A2
WHVT-e5 BU-l2.2-2
RD-f1-1
RD-A1
4 GYRD-m3-L1 1M
1 2 K4
WH-s2
GNYE-PE-1
GNYE-r1
BK = black
Heating Element – r1 Flow Switch – e5 Drain Motor – m3 BN = brown
Electrical Supply – l1 RD = red
YE = yellow
RD-e5-4 GN = green
GNYE-l1-PE-3 GYRD-e6-4 BU = blue
GNYE-PE-2 2
L1 BK-a1-4 1 GYRD-l6-9 VT = violet
4 RD-r1 L1
GNYE-s2 GY = gray
N WH-e0-2 GNYE-m2 WHRD-e0-1 WHVT-m2-2 WH = white
RD-f5 WHVT-m2-3 PK = pink
GNYE-r1
PE-3
DIAGRAM #39
1 739 911 199
DIAGRAM #40
1 739 911 152
A B
SHI/U 43--, 53-- or 68-- DISHWASHER DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROGRAM
FUNCTION* DURATION COMMENTS
Draining 30 seconds
Aqua Sensor 65 seconds Not used on SHI/U 43--
(“Sensotronic”) Calibration
Filling Until Water Level Switch (f1) closes This function can’t be bypassed
Heating & Circulating Until water temperature reaches 150°F (65°C) Dispenser Actuator energizes
Draining 60 seconds
• To bypass a function: SHI/U 43-- models Press the SCRUB WASH button
SHI/U 53--/68-- models Press the REGULAR WASH button.
SHI/U 43-- MODELS
To begin the test program, press both the POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH buttons at the same time as you
turn the unit on by pressing the ON/OFF button. When the buttons are released, the LED’s above them will begin flashing.
To end the test program or test cycle, press the ON/OFF button.
To check the LED indicator lamps (WASH, RINSE/DRY and CLEAN status lights and the SCRUB WASH program light),
press the SCRUB WASH button.
To start the test cycle, press both the POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH buttons a second time. When the test
cycle has completed and a fault was detected, the following indicator LED’s will be illuminated.
WASH = Heating fault

RINSE/DRY = Filling fault
CLEAN = NTC (temperature sensor) fault
SHU 53-- or SHI/U 68-- MODELS

To begin the test program, press both the SCRUB WASH and DELICATE/ECONO wash program buttons at the same time
as you turn the unit on by pressing the ON/OFF button. Initially, the control unit version number will appear in the display
(e.g./ 20 = version 20, 21 = version 21, etc.). When the wash program buttons are released, the LED’s above them will
begin flashing. To end the test program or test cycle, press the ON/OFF button.
To check the wash program LED, press its corresponding button. To check the Cycle Countdown display, Refill Rinse Agent
LED and REGULAR WASH button LED, press the REGULAR WASH button (press the DELAY START button to test the
Cycle Countdown display alone). The Cycle Countdown display should show “88” when the DELAY START button is
pressed and “8h” when the REGULAR WASH button is pressed.
To start the test cycle, press both the SCRUB WASH and DELICATE/ECONO buttons a second time. When the test cycle
has completed, the Cycle Countdown display will indicate a fault using the codes below. If a combination of faults exists,
the code numbers will be added together, (e.g./ 6 = faults 2 + 4).
0 = No faults
1 = Aqua Sensor (“Sensotronic”) fault
2 = Heating fault
4 = Filling fault
8 = NTC (temperature sensor) fault
If the refill rinse agent sensor (reed switch e3) has failed (open circuited), the display will show “0” throughout the test
cycle. If the water level switch (f1) has failed (open circuited), the display will show fault code “4” and the unit will
continually fill and drain where the test cycle won’t be completed. If the flow switch (e5) has failed (open circuited), the
display will show “0” throughout the test cycle, the water will not heat (to 150°F) and the unit won’t stop circulating. If the
NTC probe (f2/f4) has failed (open circuited), the display will show fault code “8” immediately and the test cycle will end
shortly after the unit has started circulating.
L1 a1
4 3
1
e6
4
u6 u8 u2 u4
2
b a b b a b
a a
u5 u3 b2
3 5 b1
A B
a b b a
4 6
1
b3
161˚F 2
f1 1
140˚F
2 4 f4
h1 f3 e5 1 permanent split
F
2 4
L
A2 PTC r1
s2 1M
1M 1M 1M
m1 m3 N
m2 185˚F
e0
2 1 f5
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
current path

e0 DOOR SWITCH 3 m1 TIMER MOTOR 6 REGULAR b1 & b2 & b3
e6 FLOAT SWITCH 7 m3 DRAIN MOTOR 8 ECONOMY b1 & b2
SHU 40
RINSE & HOLD b3
f3 THERMOSTAT 140˚F 9 s2 WATER SOLENOID 5
DIAGRAM #41
Door Switch – e0 Selector Switch – b
SHU 40
RD-A2
5b
3b
b.
b.
b.
b.
b.
b.
BKBU-f4 1 2 3 4 5 6
h1
5a
3a
BU-l6-4 e0
DIAGRAM #42
a1
5
3
1 2 3 4 5 6
GY-l6-1
WH-f4
BNBK-b-3 BK-m2-1
8b
6b
4b
2b
GN-u-6a
VTBK-u-2a
GYRD-b-2 WHGN-b-1
BNBK-u-8b
GYRD-u-6b
WHGN-u-4b
GYRD-l6-8 VTBK-b-5
8a
6a
4a
2a
WH-l6-3 GYBK-e5-1
WH-f4
8
6
4
2
GN-l6-6
RD-l6-5
BK-l1-L1
WH-l1-N
GN-b-4
WHVT-u-4
WHRD-A2
WHRD-l6-9
WHVT-a1-3
1M WHRD-A2
m1
Float Switch – e6 Thermostat – f4 Actuator – A2
Wiring Connector – l6
Drain Motor – m3 RD-l6-5 161˚F
WHRD-f5 RD-u-3b
9 4 BKBU-u-5b
WHRD-e0-1 BURD-m2 GYRD-m3-L1
GYRD-u-6b 8 GYRD-m3-L1 GYRD-l6-8 1 2
L1 GY-l6-1 WHRD-m1
7 GYRD-e6-4 WH-u-8a
WH-b-6 WHRD-e0-1
GN-u-6a 6 GN-f3 BURD-m2-2
BU-u-5a 4 BU-f1-1
WH-u-8a 3 WH-e5-2
2 Water Level Switch – f1 Ground – PE
Flow Switch – e5
GY-u-3 1 GY-e6-2
BU-l6-4 GYBK-u-4a
Water Solenoid – s2 4 4 GNYE-PE-1
WHGN-r1
WH-f3 1 2
GNYE-r1 4 WH-f3
1 2 GNYE-r1
VT-f1-2 VT-s2 WH-l6-3
2
P
BURD-m3 1 GNYE-m2
GNYE-PE-4

Electrical Supply – l1 BK-u-2b BK = black
Heating Element – r1 f3
WH-e5-2 BURD-m3
WH-f1-4 1 2 3 BURD-l6-9 BN = brown
RD = red
L1 BK-a1-4 140˚F YE = yellow
WHGN-e5-4 GN-l6-6 GN = green
N WH-e0-2 GNYE-1-PE-3 BU = blue
GNYE-PE-2 f5 1M VT = violet
GNYE-r1 WHRD-l6-9 K1 GY = gray
GNYE-s2
PE-3 GNYE-m2 185˚F GNYE-PE-1 WH = white
RD-f5 RD-r1 GNYE-r1 PK = pink
A B
PRE-WASH WASH W/ HEAT PRE-RINSE RINSE W/ HEAT DRYING
a
1 b
T a Timer Stop
M 3 a
b Actuator
b Drain Motor
R a Water Solenoid
A B
a Thermostat 140˚F
C 6 b Drain Motor
O a
7 b
N a Timer Motor
T 8 b 161˚ Thermostat Bypass
11
A 12
C 13
14
T 15
S 16
17
18
19
TIME IN
SECONDS
30
30
f1+5
f1+55
60
60
30
30
(5)
f1+5
f1+50
60
60
60
30
30
f1+5
f1+55
60
60
180
f3/f4+5
f3+5
230
30
30
60
60
f1+5
f1+55
240
30
30
f1+5
f1+55
60
60
f3+5
55
60
f4+5
45
5
5
60
240
240
240
60
60
60
60
TIMER POSITION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
OPERATION
P
P
F
F+U
U
U
P+U
P
Stop
F
F+U
U
U
U
P+U
P
F
F+U
H+U+R
H+U+R
H+U
H+U
H+U
U
P+U
P
F
P
F
F+U
U
P+U
P
F
F+U
H+U
H+U
H+U
H+U+K
H+U+K
H+U
U
U
U
P
T
T
T
T
T
T
P
off
off
WASH/RINSE
P 161˚F/161˚F 161˚ 161˚ Power Scrub

R
O 140˚F/161˚F 140˚ 161˚ Regular
G 140˚F/161˚F 140˚ 161˚ Economy
R
A Rinse & Hold
M
OPERATION KEY
F = FILLING K = RINSE–AID DISPENSING SHU 40
H = HEATING
DIAGRAM #43
X11-1.3
X1-L2 1 3 X11-1.4
4
X11-1.2 3 X11-4.8 X11-3.3 X11-3.8 X11-3.5 List of Components Current Path
Q4 K3 K8
31 X2.4 X2.7 B2 Pressure Switch Level 1 11
F3 36 B3 Pressure Switch Level 1 16
P B3
DIAGRAM #44
B33 5008 AA2
X11-5.2 X11-4.5 34 32
M2 M G E1 Heater 9
X11-4.9
2
X11-4.7 X11-4.8 F3 Door with Lock 8
5 X11-3.4 X2.5 X2.8
23 F7 Motor Overload 21
X11-3.7 X11-3.6
K2 K2 H1 On/Off Lamp (Indicator Light) 4
24
M M3 K5 K2 Heater Relay 9,11
1
X11-5.1
Z1 K3 Heater Relay 11
X11-4.10
X11-3.9 K5 Reversing Relay 23
J1
H1 X11-5.4 X2.3 K6 Reversing Relay 22
E1 X11-4.2 X11-4.4 X11-3.2
X11-1.5 K7 Field Tap Relay 22
S F7
X11-5.3 K8 Relay Pump 13
14
Y3 Y2 YR
12
K9 Relay Main Wash 16
14.2 M2
P K10 Relay Prewash 15
B2
11 K11 Relay Hot Water 18
X2.2 (X2.1)
K13 Relay - Locking 8
X11-3.10 (X11-3.11)
X11-4.1 X11-4.3 X11-3.1
K7 M2 Wash/Spin Motor 21
M3 Pump Motor 13
N1 Operating Module 2
K10 K9 K11 K6
K13 N7 Control Module
Q4 6
Q4 On/Off Switch 4
2 4 X11-1.1 R1 NTC Temperature Sensor 11
X11-5.5 V5 Triac Motor Control 21
X1-L1
X1 Power Terminal Block 1
V5 X2 Motor Connector Plug 20-23
X11 Plug in Connection Control Module 5-23
X11-6.1 X11-6.5 R1 X11-6 Diagnostic Plug 9
Y2 Inlet Valve Main Wash 16
5 pol. X11-2.1 X11-2.3
Y3 Inlet Valve Prewash 15
X11-8.1
Level < 1 Level 2 L1 L2* L2
YR Inlet Valve Hot Water 18
N1 19 pol. Z1 Surge Suppressor 3
Control Board
X11-8.19
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
K5 K6 WARNING !
Drum rotation right off on Always disconnect electrical power
Drum rotation left on off to the washer before beginning
any service repair procedures.
Connector module N7
WFK 2401
Connector to electrical component
A B
On/Off Switch
Z1
N1 = 25… 32mm H1 Q4 Surge Suppressor
N2 = 38… 39cm
Safety level = 48… 49cm On/Off Lamp 1 2
(Indicator Light) 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 X1
Safety level N2 N1
Power Terminal Block
A N L1 L2 L3
1 2 1 2 1 1 2
Pressure Switch
N L1 L2 L3
PE
14.2
N1 N2
B2 P P B3
Heater Relay
A B
Wash/Spin Motor 12 14 11 36 31 34 32
5k … 7k
X2.1 – 3 0.7 … 1.2
X2.2 – 3 0.7 … 2 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
K2 WFK 2401
X2.4 – 5 1.5 … 10
X2.6 – 7 14 … 20 Heater E1
15 … 34 14 24 23 13 b a X11-4.5…4.8
F7 M2
3 2 1 2 1 F3
PE Q M PE Door with
Lock
4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 X2 300 …1500 not actuated at room temperature
Motor Connector 3 2 1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Plug
10ºC 8.5k … 10.6k
1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3
20ºC 5.4k … 6.5k
30ºC 3.5k … 4.3k
1 2 3 4 5 X11-5 1 2 3 4 5 X11-1 40ºC 2.3k … 2.9k
K7 K6 50ºC 1.5k … 1.9k
X11-3 60ºC 1.1k … 1.3k
L1
7 11 L1 K3 66ºC 0.9k … 1.1k
< N1
6 10 V5 L2* 86ºC 0.45k … 0.55k NTC
5 9
Temperature Sensor
4 8 L2* 1 3
1 3
3 7 2 2
2 2 R1
K13 3 1
2 6 3 1
L1
1 5 K5 X11-2
4
3 L2*
Inlet Valve 1 1 19
1 2 2 1 19
2 18
Hot Water 2 2 18
2 1 1 L1 3 17
3 17
4 16
3.5k … 4.7k 4 16
5 15
K11 5 15
YR N7 6 14
6 14
J1 7 13
Control Module 7 13
8 12
8 12
X11-8 9 11
9 11
10 10
X11-4 10 10
70 … 100 11 9
11 9
1 12 8
1
L1
M
Pump M3 1 2 10 12 8
2 13 7
2 1 9 L2* 13 7
14 6
14 6
4 8 15 5
15 5
Inlet Valve K8 16 4
3 7 N2 16 4
17 3
Main Wash B3-31…36 17 3
2 6 L2* 18 2
18 2
Y2 1 5 19 1
19 1
1
1 4 4
2 L1
2 3 3
1 N1
3.5k … 4.7k 1 2 2
Operating Manual
2 L1 K9
2 1 1
1 2 3 4 5
3.5k … 4.7k Y3 X11-6 K5 K6
K10 Drum rotation right off on
Pre wash Diagnostic Plug Drum rotation left on off
PE : Side Wall
Heater
Motor
DIAGRAM #45
Main Ground
B33 5018 AA1
R3 S8
S10 V2
F1 3 B10
P
1 2 X20
X18
DIAGRAM #46
7 6 5 2 1 1 3 1 3
518 5008 AA6
X11-1 X11-2 X11-5

L1 1 X11-12
3
X11-14 10 pol.
5 2
Q4
H8
N3
X22 N1 / S2
5 S9
4
Q4
L2 2 6 X11-12
4 1
PE
To WFK 2401 X11-12 X11-1 X11-10

Outlet
3 4 5 6 3 4 5 4 3 2 1
C1
X6- 8 7 6 5 2 1
WTA 3500/ X2- 2 3 5 6 4
WTL 5400
M M4
1
M8 For WTL 5400 condensation dryers
B9 E3 E2 R2 F7
1 not on models without drum illumination
M Plug in Connection Module
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
List of Components Current Path List of Components Current Path List of Components Current Path
B9 Overheat Thermostat 7 M8 Drum Motor 15 S10 Sliding Ground Contact 17
B10 Level Switch Condensated Water 10 N1 Operating Module 21 V2 Electrode – Moisture (In Drum) 18
C1 Capacitor 15 N3 Power Switch 6-19 X2 Motor Connector Plug 13-16
E2 Heater 10 Q4 On/Off Switch 4 X6 Connection Strip Heater 7-11
E3 Heater 8 R2 NTC Temperature Sensor 11 X11 Plug in Connection Module 6-22
F1 Door Switch 8 R3 NTC Temperature Sensor 13 X18 Connector 16
F7 Motor Overload 14 S2 Selector Switch 21 X20 Connector 20
H8 Illumination 6 S8 Sliding Contact – Moisture Sensor 19 X22 Power Connection Box 2
M4 Pump Motor Condensate Water 8 S9 Door Switch 6
A B
Illumination
H8
WTA 3500/ 1 2 3 4
WTL 5400
1 2 1 2 NTC
On/Off Switch
Temperature Sensor
R3
Q4 2 1
Power Connection Box 9k … 11k**
X22 S9 (Bearing shield)
1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4
15A
Door Switch F1
1
A B
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 3 2 1
2 Level Switch Moisture Sensors
1 2 3 Condensated Water 3 2 1
15A
3 PE B10 S8
S10 V2
P
1 2 3
1 2
To WFK 2401 X18 X20
Outlet 1 2
PE
3 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 3
X11-12
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
7 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
2 6 X11-1 (X11-3) X11-2 X11-5
1 5
2 1 1 10 10
4
2 2 9 9
1 3 3
3 8 8
2 L1 4 4 7 7
2 5 5 6 6
1 L2*
X11-14
1 6 6 5 5
7 7 4 4
8 8 3 3
3 9 9 2 2
5 10 10 1 1
2
4
1 N1
3
Operating Module
2
2 N3
1 1 Power Module
X11-10
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
X6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2
Connection Strip
Heater
R2 Overheat M M4 110 … 136
Thermostat 1
NTC
For WTL 5400 condensation dryers
**
18k … 22k B9 Pump Motor
E3 E2 not on models without drum illumination
Condensate Water
Heater not on models without drum illumination
opens at 120º C (condens. drying)
**
E2 700W = 71 … 76 opens at 100º C (air drying) C1
E2 1300W = 37 … 42 Capacitor
E3 1800W = 27 … 31 Side Bag 2 1 2 1 2
Motor Connector
1 2 3 4 5 6 X2 Plug
F7 Condensation Air drying

Motor Overload drying
X2.2 - 3 19 … 25 25 … 29 PE : Side Wall
M X2.2 - 4 18 … 23 25 … 30 Front Wall
Drum Motor M8
DIAGRAM #47
Traverse
518 5018 AA5
Main Ground
e3 NTC e0
2
f2-f4
1
4
X2 1 1 m2
DIAGRAM #48
5600011178
2 1 2 1 a1
I2.4-2 I2.2-3 N
I2.6 I2.7- I2.8- 1 2
I2.2-2
3 4
I2.5-2
5 6 L1
permanent split
I2.3- I2.4-1 I2.1- I2.4-3 I2.5-1
1 2 1 3 2 L
s2 185˚F
1 1M
f5
A2 A1 2 4 N
4 2 r1
1 e6 m3
1 f1 F
e5
Symbol Key Symbol Key

a1 ON/OFF SWITCH m2 CIRCULATION MOTOR
A1 ACTUATOR (Upper Basket) m3 DRAIN MOTOR
A2 ACTUATOR (Dispenser) NTC TEMPERATURE SENSOR
e0 DOOR SWITCH r1 HEATING ELEMENT SHU 99, SHV 43/48
e3 REED SWITCH s2 WATER SOLENOID
e5 FLOW SWITCH X2 SERVICE CONNECTOR
e6 FLOAT SWITCH
f1 WATER LEVEL SWITCH
f5 HIGH LIMIT 185˚F
1 SHV 4803 only

A B
On/Off Switch – a1 Door Switch – e0 Reed Switch – e3 1
I2. .5
WHRD-a1-1
2 1
.1 .2 .3 .4 .7 .8 WHRD-l2.2-2
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 4
N
.6 YE-l2.7-1
1 2 3 4 5 6 4 GY-l2.2-3
1 YE-l2.7-2
VT-m2-3 S
2
Ground – PE
YE-e3
YE-e3
A B
BU-A2
BU-A2
RD-l6-1
BN-l6-3
BN-l6-2
GY-e0-4
WH-I6-7
WH-I6-6
WH-I6-5
WH-I6-4
WH-I6-9
WH-I6-8
1
GYBK-a1-3
BK-l1-L1
WH-l1-N
WHRD-e0-1
4 GNYE-PE-1
GYBK-l2.5-2
WHRD-e0-1
WHRD-e5-1
2 GNYE-r1
Water Level Switch – f1 NTC – f2 & f4 / Thermostat – f5 Actuators – A1 & A2
upper basket wash 1 1 GNYE-m2
RD-e6-1 NTC GNYE-PE-4
GN-l6-3 WH-l6-9
f2-f4 RD-e6-1
4 BU-l6-4
1 GN-l6-2 A1 Wiring Connector – I6
2
GY-l6-6
P f5 RD-l6-1 l6
detergent dispenser
High BU-l2.3-1 RD-f5 1 RD-l2.5-1
Limit 185˚F
GN-NTC 2 BN-l2.8-2
A2 GN-NTC 3 BN-l2.8-1
BU-l2.3-2
SHU 99, SHV 43/48 BU-f1-4 4 WH-l2.1-3
VT-s2 5 WH-l2.1-2
Circulation Motor– m2 1 GY-A1 6 WH-l2.1-1
GYRD-m3 7 WH-l2.4-3
BK-l6-8 BK-m2-1 8 WH-l2.4-2
Float Switch – e6 Water Solenoid – s2 WH-A1 9 WH-l2.4-1
1 2 3
VT-e0-2
RD-f1-1 GNYE-r1 VT-l6-5
RD-A1
BK = black
4 GYRD-m3-l1 WH-e6-2 1M BN = brown
1 2 K4 RD = red
WH-s2 YE = yellow
GNYE-PE-1 GN = green
GNYE-r1 BU = blue
VT = violet
GY = gray
Heating Element – r1 Drain Motor – m3 WH = white
Flow Switch – e5 PK = pink
Electrical Supply – l1
RD-e5-4
GNYE-l1-PE-3 GYRD-e6-4
GNYE-PE-2 2
L1 BK-a1-4 1 GYRD-l6-7
4 RD-r1 L1
GNYE-s2
N WH-a1-2 GNYE-m2 WHRD-a1-1 WHVT-e5-1
RD-f5 WHVT-m3
GNYE-r1 1 SHV 4803 only
DIAGRAM #49
PE-3
5600011181
DIAGRAM #50
A B
HBL 63
16CH/127
PR12-PRP
PR11-PRF
PR23-VRF
PR3-RGB
PR3-RGA
PR3-RSE
PR24-VR
CR-RGC
CR-RGD
BPI-BPU
PR3-RSI
PR21-L
PR3-C
F1-FP
FI-FF
BE : Broil element, 1750W, 1750W

I-U
C : Catalyst
CF : Cooling fan
POS.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
CFT : Cooling fan thermostat
SW1 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a -11a 12a 13a 14a — 16a
SW2 CSW : Clean switch
DRM : Door microswitch
OFF 0 DWM : Down microswitch
WIRE COLOR CODE EDE : External down element, 400W, 600W
BAKE
1 X X X X X X X X R Red 22 GN Green 55 EUE : External up element, 1400W, 1400W
IDE : Internal down element, 1200W, 1400W
2 X X X X X X X W White 99 W/BL White/Blue 69
BROIL IUE : Internal up element, 348W(111V), 348W(111V)
BK Black 00 W/BK White/Black 09 LDL : Locking door warning light
SELF CLEAN 3 X X X X X X X X X X BL Blue 66 W/R White/Red 29 LDT : Locking door thermostat
BR Brown 11 W/Y White/Yellow 49 LM : Locking motor
GY 90 MSW : Manual switch
Gray
OL : Oven lamp, 12V-20W
NOTE: THE NUMBERS 14-16-18-20 INDICATE ONL : On/Off warning light
THE WIRE SIZE (AWG) PR : Programmer
PTH : Pyrolytic thermostat
RB : Relay board
1 1 2 4
2CH/426 POS. 4CH/259 POS. ST : Safety thermostat, 68000, 77000
1a 1a 2a 4a SW : Switch-commutator
MSW TIMER CSW O (OFF) TB : Terminal block
THL : Thermostat warning light
MANUAL X >0÷500ºF X TP : Test point
TR : Transformer, 120V-12V, 40W
SELF CLEAN X X UM : Up microswitch
WTH : Working thermostat
W 20
BL 20
BK 20
MSW ONL
PR SW1 W/R (White)
1 1a E3 1a 1
E6 20 W/BL PR23 VRF
W/Y 20 ST1 21 DWM 2a 2 16
E4 I U
16 R N 3a 3
L 24 PR12 PRP
R 20
E5 20 4a 4
PR11 PRF
BR20 5a 5 BR 20
Connected for 208V F1 PR24 VR
Not connected for 240V F2 W/BK 20 6a 6 16 W/BL
L1 FF
W/BL
CV 7a F1
W/R
7
FP
20 GY 8a 8
BPI BPU
TB BR 20
1 18
9a 9 20 BL
2 18 RB PR21 L
10a 10 W/R 18
16 AWG 3 Red 16 16 R 16 RGC
L1 CR
16 AWG 11a 11 W/BL 18
4 Black 16 RGD
L2
16 AWG 5 White 20 12a 12 R 16
N W/BL RGA
14 AWG GN 13a 13 18
RGB
14
20
16 W/R
W/BK 14a 14
1a PR3 C
20
RSI 15 BR 18
W/R 1
20 3 2 16a 16 GY 18
RSE
CFT 20 1 CSW
5a BR
SW1 78Ω SW2
5 BR 20
GY
BL 16
20
120V
20
12V
M
CF BE EUE IUE IDE EDE
W/R CSW
W 16 W 2a
DRM C OL OL TR
20
20
2
GY W 20
LDT BL 16
11 W/Y
16 BR
12 14
34
LDL
4a PTH
(white) 4 16
31
W/BL WTH
16
20
20
16 W/BK CSW
16
20
20 M
16 BL
LM
W/R
UM W/Y
20
20
ST3
20
16
ST2
THL
16
(red)
TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 W/BL 16 20 BL 16
A B DIAGRAM #51
HBL/HBN 64
20CH/17MZ
PR12-PRP
PR11-PRF
PR23-VRF
PR3-RGD
PR3-RGB
PR22-MV
PR3-RSE
PR24-VR
CR-RGC
CR-RGD
BPI-BPU
PR3-RSI
PR3-RV
PR21-L
PR3-C
FI-FP
FI-FV
FI-FF
C : Catalyst
I-U
CF : Cooling fan
POS.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
CSW : Clean switch
SW1 1a 2a 3a — 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a — 15a 16a — 18a 19a 20a
SW2 DRM : Door microswitch
DWM : Down microswitch
OFF 0 X EDE : External down element, 400W, 600W
ER : Energy regulator
CONV. ROAST 1 X X X X X X X X X EUE : External up element, 1400W, 1400W
IDE : Internal down element, 1200W, 1400W
CONV. BAKE
2 X X X X X X X X WIRE COLOR CODE.
IUE : Internal up element, 348W(111V), 348W(111V)
R Red 22 GN Green 55 LDL : Locking door warning light
CONV. BROIL 3 X X X X X X X X W White 99 W/BL White/Blue 69 LDT : Locking door thermostat
THAW 4 X X X X X BK Black 00 W/BK White/Black 09 LM : Locking motor
BL Blue 66 W/R White/Red 29 OL : Oven lamp 12V-20W
5 X X X X X X X X ONL : On/Off warning light
BAKE BR Brown 11 W/Y White/Yellow 49
PR : Programmer
BROIL 6 X X X X X X X GY Gray 90 PTH : Pyrolytic thermostat
RB : Relay board
SELF CLEAN
7 X X X X X X X X X X X NOTE: THE NUMBERS 14-16-18-20 INDICATE THE
RE : Ring element, 2500W, 2500W
WIRE SIZE (AWG)
ST : Safety thermostat, 68000, 77000
SW : Switch-commutator
TB : Terminal block
THL : Thermostat warning light
TP : Test point
1 1 2 4
2CH/426 POS. 4CH/259 POS. TR : Transformer 40W, 120V-12V
1a 1a 2a 4a UM : Up microswitch
MSW TIMER CSW O (OFF) WM : Working motor
WTH : Working thermostat
MANUAL X > 0÷500ºF X
SELF CLEAN X X
W 20
20
BL 20 ONL
MSW (White)
PR SW1 W/R 16
BK
1 1a E6 E3 20 W/BL 1a 1
PR11 PRF
W/Y 20 E4 ST1 21 DWM 2a 2
PR12 PRP
16 R L N 3a 3 W 16 2a
24 FP
R 20
E5 4 CSW
F1 FV
5a 5 W/BL 16 2 ER
Connected for 208 V F1 FF
F2 W/BK 20 W/R 18 P1
Not connected for 240V 6a 6 GY 20
PR23
W/BL
L1 CV VRF
20 7a 7 BR 20
W/R
PR24 VR P2 2
18 R
BR 8a 8 BL 20
PR21 L
TB BR 20 20 GY 9a 9 W/R
1 18 BPI BPU
10a 10 W/Y 20 WTH2 22
2 18 RB PR22 MV
16 AWG 3 Red 16 16 R 16
L1
16 AWG 4 Black 16 11a 11 W/R 18
L2 RGC
12a CR 12 21
16 AWG 5 White 20 W/BL W/BL 18
N RGD
14 AWG GN 13a 13 R 16
14 RGA
W/R 14
20
20
18
1a RGB
20
15a 15
20 3 2 1 C
16a 16 W/BK 18
CFT 20 1 PR3 RV
W/BK
7a CSW 17 BR 18
SW1 BR W/R RSI
78Ω
20
7 BR 20 18a 18 GY 18
RSE
GY
19a 19 W/R
I U 32 WTH3
16
20
20a 20 C
M CF 39Ω
120V
RE BE EUE IUE IDE EDE

12V
SW2 20 31
BR
DRM OL OL M
GY 20 W/M
20
TR
LDT 20
11 W/Y BL 16
14 LDL BR 16
12
W W/R (white) WTH1
12 14
20
20
W/BK 16 W/BK
20
20 20 34
W/R LM M PTH
BL 16
UM W/Y 11 16 4 31
20
20
4a ST3
BL 20 BL
16
ST2 THL
(red) CSW
18
TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 W/BL 16 16 BL

DIAGRAM #52
A B
PR12-PRP
PR11-PRF
PR23-VRF
PR3-RGB
PR3-RGA
PRE-RSE
PR22-MV
PR24-VR
CR-RGC
CR-RGD
BPI-BPU
PR3-RSI
PR3-RV
PR21-L
PR3-C
FI-FP
FI-FV
FI-FF
I-U
POS.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 C : Catalyst
SW1 SW2 TSW CF : Cooling fan
POS.
1a 2a 3a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 15a 16a 18a 19a 20a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 CFT : Cooling fan thermostat
16CH/112 CSW : Clean switch
OFF 0 X 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a DRM : Door microswitch
CONV. ROAST 1 X X X X X X X X X DOWN OVEN L X X X X X X X EDE : External down element, 400W, 600W
X X X X X X X X MANUAL ER : Energy regulator
CONV. BAKE
2 O X X X X X EUE : External up element, 1400W, 1400W
CONV. BROIL 3 X X X X X X X X UP OVEN R X X X X X X X IDE : Internal down element, 1200W, 1400W
IUE : Internal up element, 348W(111V), 348W(111V)
THAW 4 X X X X X LDL : Locking door warning light
LDT : Locking door thermostat
5 X X X X X X X X 16CH/127
BAKE LM : Locking motor
PR12-PRP
PR11-PRF
PR23-VRF
PR3-RGB
PR3-RGA
PR3-RSE
PR24-VR
CR-RGC
CR-RGD
BPI-BPU
PR3-RSI
MTB : Main terminal block
X X X X X X X
PR21-L
6
PR3-C
BROIL
F1-FP
ONL : On/Off warning light
FI-FF
I-U
7 X X X X X X X X X X X OL : Oven lamp, 12V—20W
SELF CLEAN
POS.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 PR : Programmer
SW2 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 16a
RB : Relay board
WIRE COLOR CODE ST : Safety thermostat, 68000, 77000
1 2 4 0
R Red 22 GN Green 55 POS. 1a 2a 4a
OFF STB : Service terminal block
White 99 W/BL White/Blue 69 SW : Switch-commutator
W CSW
O (OFF) BAKE
1 X X X X X X X TP : Test point
BK Black 00 W/BK White/Black 09
BL Blue 66 W/R White/Red 29 4CH/259 > 0÷500ºF X BROIL
2 X X X X X X X THL : Thermostat warning light
TSW : Timer switch commutator
BR Brown 11 W/Y White/Yellow 49 SELF CLEAN X X SELF CLEAN 3 X X X X X X X X X X TR : Transformer, 120V—12V, 40W
GY Gray 90 UM : Up microswitch
18 WM : Working motor
NOTE: THE NUMBERS 14-16-18-20 INDICATE THE WIRE SIZE
ER WTH 2 WTH : Working thermostat
21 W/R 14 WTH1
W/R 18 P1
R 18
2 22 11
P2
UPPER OVEN 12
R 20
R 20
BL 20 BL
BL
SW1
1a 1 120V
TR
20
PR11 PRF
20
12V TSW CSW
R 20 2a 2
PR12 PRP 7a 7 16 2a 2 BR
3a
R
3 W 16
FP W DRM
4 GY 20
F1 FV
20
16 BK 5a 5 W/BL 16 11
FF RE LDT
20
12
20
20 BL 6a 6 GY OL
PR23 VRF 14
16
4 CSW LDL
20 7a 7 BR 20 THL
PR24 VR OL BE (White)
BR (Red) M
8a 8 20 WTH3 (Optional)
PR21 L 32 20 LM
9a 9 W/R 20 31
20
EUE 4a
R
BPI BPU UM
10a 10 W/Y 20 20 WM BL
PR22 MV M
C
BL
BR
BR
20
20 R
20 GY
39Ω
20
20
11a 11 18 W/BL
16
RGC IUE
16
BL
12a CR 12 18 W/R
RGD 34
16
13a 13 18 R PTH ST3

RGA
GY
IDE
20
20
20
14 18 31
16
RGB
15a 15 18 16 BL
C EDE
W/R
16a 16 18 W/BK W/Y
PR3 RV
17 18 BR
RSI
18a 18 GY
16
18
RSE
16
R 19a 19 20 W/R
8 TSW I U
20a 20 W 20 W
20
CFT
20
W/BK
SW1 1a
1 20 W/R W/Y
8a GY 20
7 CSW
20 20
W/R
BR R 16 ST2
SW1
78Ω ONL W/BL 18

BK
20 (White) W/R 18
M
20 W
7a BR
16
CF
DWM TSW
16 BL 16
14 AWG
12 AWG
12 AWG
16a
10 AWG
16 BK 24 20
TSW 16 R MTB
6a 21 ST1
6
20
20 GN 14
12 12a 16
6
W
RB
5 5a BK GN 14
W/BL
20 R
R 16
11a 20 W 5 N
BK
11
20
F2 BK 16
20 GY
14 14a F1
NOT CONNECTED FOR 240V
4 L2
20
13 13a 16 BK CV BK 16
CONNECTED FOR 208V
L1 16 W/BL
3 L1
4 4a
W/BK 16 E4
3 3a 2
20 BL
BL 20 E5
20
10 10a E3
1
N L DWM
20 W
PR BL GN 14
15a 3
24 20
16 W/R
15
21 ST1
16
TSW 2
20
20
STB
16 16
1
20
BR CFT W/BL 18
7 TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6
20 W/R 18
LOWER OVEN
SW2
ONL
78Ω (White)
20
2a TSW
7a M 20 W 20 20 W M 20 UM
LM BL
20
20
20 BR CF W/R
20 W/Y
GY
BL
20
20
SW2 W/R 12 14
2 1a 1 LDT 11
PR23 VRF
2a 2 20 W/Y 20
W/R
W/R
I U GY
3a 16 W/BL
3 LDL
20
PR12 PRP W 16 TSW BL (White)

4a 4 CSW CSW
4a
PR11 PRF 1a 2 W/R 20 DRM
5a 5 BR 20 1 W 2a
BR 20
PR24 VR 120V 16
TR
6a 6
FF 12V OL 4
BL
16
7a F1 7 BE
16
FP OL
8a 8
BR 16
WTH 4
W/BK
BPI BPU
EUE
20
16
9a 9
PR21 L C BR
20 4A
10a 10 W/BL
16
RGC
CR
16
11a 11 W/R 18
W/R 20
RGD IUE BL
GY
12 R 16 34
RGA ST3
ST2 13 PTH
20
13a IDE
RGB 31
W/BK 16 14a 14
PR3 C 16 BL
15 BR 18 EDE
RSI
16a 16 GY 18
RSE
W/R
TLH 1
SW2 1a
W/R 20 (Red) W/R 20
BL
(Optional)
20 GY
CSW
HBL/HBN 65
20
A B DIAGRAM #53
PR12-PRP
PR11-PRF
PR23-VRF
PR3-RGB
PR3-RGA
PRE-RSE
PR22-MV
PR24-VR
CR-RGC
CR-RGD
BPI-BPU
PR3-RSI
HBL/HBN 66
PR3-RV
PR21-L
PR3-C
FI-FP
FI-FV
FI-FF
I-U
POS.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
TSW
POS.
SW1 SW2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1a 2a 3a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 15a 16a 18a 19a 20a
16CH/112 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a
OFF 0 X
DOWN OVEN L X X X X X X X
CONV. ROAST 1 X X X X X X X X X
MANUAL O X X X X X
CONV. BAKE
2 X X X X X X X X
UP OVEN R X X X X X X X
CONV. BROIL 3 X X X X X X X X
THAW 4 X X X X X
5 X X X X X X X X
BAKE
BROIL 6 X X X X X X X
SELF CLEAN
7 X X X X X X X X X X X
1 2 4
18 4CH/259 POS.
ER WTH2
14 WTH1 1a 2a 4a
21 W/BK
W/R 18 P1 R 18 11 CSW O (OFF)
2 22
P2 12 > 0÷500ºF X
UPPER OVEN 18
SELF CLEAN X X
R 20
R 20
BL
BL 20
120V
TR
R
SW1
16
12V
1a 1
PR11 PRF
20
R16 2a TSW CSW
20
2
PR12 PRP 7a 2 BR
BL
3a 3 7 16 2a
FP W 18
W DRM
F1 FV 4
GY 20
20
16 BK 5a 5 W/BL 16
FF 11
RE
6a LDT
20
20 BL OL 12
20
6 GY
PR23 VRF
16
20 14
4
7a 7 20 LDL
PR24 VR OL BE (White)
THL
CSW
BR 8a 8 BR 20 WTH3
PR21 L 32 (Red)
31 20 LM
9
20
9a W/R 20 EUE
4a
BPI BPU UM
10a 10 WM
20
20 20
BL
W/Y C BR BL
R
20 GY
PR22 MV M
BR
39Ω
20
11a
GY 20
BL 20
16
11 18 W/BL
16
R
RGC IUE
12a CR 12 18 W/R 34
16
RGD
13a 13 18 R PTH
RGA IDE 31
20
20
20
14 18
RGB
16 BL
15a 15 18 EDE
C
16a 16 18 W/BK
W/R
PR3 RV W/Y
17 18 BR
RSI
18a 18 18 GY
RSE
16
R 19a 19 20 W/R
8 TSW I U
20a 20 20 W
R 20 W
20
SW1 1a BE : Broil element, 1750W, 1750W

1 20 W/R W/Y
W/BK
8a GY 20
CSW C : Catalyst, 150W
CFT
20 W CF : Cooling fan
ST2 W/R
7
20 BR CSW : Clean switch
R 16
16 BK
SW1
78Ω ONL TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 DRM : Door microswitch
(White) W/BL 18
20 20 W
M W/R 18 EDE : External down element, 400W, 600W
7a BR CF
DWM TSW ER : Energy regulator
BL 16 EUE : External up element, 1400W, 1400W
10 AWG
14 AWG
12 AWG
12 AWG
16 BK 16a
24 20 IDE : Internal down element, 1200W, 1400W
TSW 16 R IUE : Internal up element, 348W(111V), 348W(111V)
21 ST1
6 6a MTB LDL : Locking door warning light
20
12 12a 16 LDT : Locking door thermostat
RB GN 14
5 5a 20 BK
LM : Locking motor
W/BL 6 MTB : Main terminal block
R 16
11 11a 20 W GN 14
OL : Oven lamp 12V-20W
R
F2
20 GY
20
14 14a F1 5 N ONL : On/Off warning light

20
20
13 13a 16 BK CV BK 16 PR : Programmer
NOT CONNECTED FOR 240V
L1 16 W/BL 4 L2
4 4a BR 16
W/BK 16 E4 RB : Relay board
CONNECTED FOR 208V
3 3a 3 L1
BK
BL 20 E5 E3
10 10a ST : Safety thermostat, 68000, 77000
2
STB : Service terminal block
20 BL
N L SW : Switch-commutator
1
20
PR THL : Thermostat warning light

16 W/R
20 W
TP : Test point
GN 14 TSW : Timer switch commutator
16
3
DWM TR : Transformer 120V-12V, 40W
16
BL 2 UM : Up microswitch
20
24 15a
20
20 15
STB WM : Working motor
21 ST1 TSW
1 WTH : Working thermostat
7 BR CFT W/R 18
LOWER OVEN TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6
10 20 W/R
SW2
ONL W/BL 18
78Ω (White)
2a TSW 7a M 20 W 20 20 W M 20 UM
BR W/R BL
BL 20 20 18 W/R LM
20
CF
20
W/Y
W/R 12 14
SW2
20
2 11
1a LDT
1 20
PR11 PRF
GY 20
W/R 2a 2 20 W/Y 20
PR12 PRP
GY
3a 16 W/BL HDL
3
20 W/BL
FP 120V BL (White)
TR
W 16
4 12V TSW CSW DRM
F1 FV OL
16 BK 5a 1a 2
5 1 W 2a W/R 20
FF
6a 6 OL 16 WTH1
18
PR23 VRF 12 14
20 BR 7a 7 BR 20 ER
PR24 VR RE
8a 8 P1 2
20
WTH3
BR 16
PR21 L 32 11 18
9a 9 BE P2
16 BL
W/BL 16
31
BPI BPU
10a WM
10 W/Y 20 M 4
PR22 MV
CSW
EUE
39Ω 20 BR
16
18
11a WTH2
16
11 W/BL 18 C
RGC BR 18 W/BK
GY
12a CR 4a
12 W/R 18
16 BL
RGD 21 22 R
16
13a 13
20
RGA R 16 IUE
ST2 34 BL
RGB 14 PTH ST3
W/R 20
W/BK 16 15a 15 18 IDE 31

C
16a PR3 16 W/BK 18
RV
W/R
16 BL
17 BR 18 EDE
RSI
18a 18 GY 18 WIRE COLOR CODE
RSE
19a 19 W/R 20 R Red 22 GN Green 55
TLH
U
20a 20 (Red) W/R 20 W White 99 W/BL White/Blue 69
BK Black 00 W/BK White/Black 09
1 W/R White/Red
SW1 1a BL Blue 66 29
W/R 20
BR Brown 11 W/Y White/Yellow 49
20 GY CSW
GY Gray 90
20
NOTE: THE NUMBERS 14-16-18-20 INDICATE THE WIRE SIZE
NOTE: Front edge, viewing bottom of cooktop.
N31.H N34.H SYMBOL KEY
1 N1.P1
3 E3 Element 1500W
L2 N1.P2
DIAGRAM #54
H2 H3 N3.P2 E4 Element 17 00W

173—76866-011
X7 N4.P2
N32.H N33.H H1 Heat Indicator Lamp
GND H2 Heat Indicator Lamp
N1.P2 N1.S2 H7 On Lamp
H10 Dual Zone Indicator Lamp
N31 N4.S1 H7 H30 Dual Zone Indicator Lamp
S1 S2 N4.S2 N1 Regulator, Dual Zone
H10 N34 H7 N2 Regulator
4 H4 X7.3 P2 N1 N3 Regulator, Dual Zone
N1.2 N31.2 2 4 N4 Regulator
P1 2 S H
> N34.S N31.S X7.1 P1 N1.4 N31 Thermostat Limit Assembly
N32.S N33.S > E4 – High Limit
H S 2 P1
N4.2 4A 4 – Heat Indicator Lamp
E1 H1 N1.4 N32 Thermostat Limit Assembly
4 N1.4 4
H10 E1.4 – High Limit
4A N1.4A N4.4
N31.4 E10.4A – Heat Indicator Lamp
E10 N33 Thermostat Limit Assembly
N1.S2
– High Limit
N1.S1 S1 S2
N2.S1 N2.S2 – Heat Indicator Lamp
H1–4 N34 Thermostat Limit Assembly
N34.2A 2 4 – Heat Indicator Lamp
X7.2 P1 N34.4
N33.S X7 Terminal Block
N4.S1 N4.S2
N33 N3.S1 S1 S2 N3.S2
N34.S
X7.3 P2 N2
2 S N4.P1 N32.2 2 4
H30 N3.2
4 X7.1 P1 N32.4
N3.4A N3.4
H3
P1 H
4A N2.S1 N2.S2
N3.P1 S1 S2
N32 > N3
X7.4 P2
N2.4 N33.2 2 4
X7.2 P1 N3.4
4 N3.S1
N2.2 E30 E3
P1 2 4
E2 > 4A N3.4
N31.S
H S N33.4
H30
H2 E30 E30.4A
NKT 72
A B
L1 1
2
X7
S1 S1 S1 S1 P1 P1 P1 P1
P> P> P> P>
S2 S2 S2 S2 2 2 2 2
N1 N2 N3 N4 N1 N2 N3 N4
A B
S S S S 2 2 2 2
H H P1 P1 P1
N31 H N32 N33 H N34 N31 4P1 N32 N33 N34
H1 H2 H3 H4 H7 E1 4 E10 4A H10 E2 E3 E30 4A H30 E4
4A 4A
4
4 4 4 4
N1 N32 N33 N3 N34
4 4 4 4
P2 P2 P2 P2
X7 N1 N2 N3 N4
GND 3
L2 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
SYMBOL KEY CURRENT PATH SYMBOL KEY CURRENT PATH SYMBOL KEY CURRENT PATH SYMBOL KEY CURRENT PATH
E1 Element 1000W 15 H1 Heat Indicator Lamp 1 N1 Regulator, Dual Zone 9/15/17 N31 Thermostat Limit Assembly
E10 Element 1300W 17 H2 Heat Indicator Lamp 3 N2 Regulator 10/21 – High Limit 15
E2 Element 1500W 21 H3 Heat Indicator Lamp 5 N3 Regulator 11/23/25 – Heat Indicator Lamp 1
E3 Element 1600W 23 H4 Heat Indicator Lamp 7 N4 Regulator 12/29 N32 Thermostat Limit Assembly
E30 Element 800W 25 H7 On Lamp 11 – High Limit 21
E4 Element 1700W 29 H10 Dual Zone Indicator Lamp 19 – Heat Indicator Lamp 3
H30 Dual Zone Indicator Lamp 27 X7 Terminal Block 1 N33 Thermostat Limit Assembly
– High Limit 23
– Heat Indicator Lamp 5
NKT 72 – High Limit 29
DIAGRAM #55

173—76866—012
NOTE: Front edge, viewing bottom of cooktop. N1.P1
1
L1 N5.P1 SYMBOL KEY
2 N2.P1
N4.P1 E1 Element 1000W
N31.H N34.H 3 E10 Element 1300W
N1.P2
H1 H4 N4.P2 X7 N5.P2 E4 Element 1600W
E40 Element 800W
DIAGRAM #56
E5 Element 1000W
173—76865—011
GND
H2 H5 H3 E50 Element 1000W
N32.H N33.H N1.P2 N1.S2 H2 Heat Indicator Lamp
N35.H
N4.S1 H7 H4 Heat Indicator Lamp
S1 S2 N4.S2 H5 Heat Indicator Lamp
H7 H7 On Lamp
X7.4 P2 N1 H10 Dual Zone Indicator Lamp
N31 N31.2 2 4 H40 Dual Zone Indicator Lamp
H10 N34 X7.1 P1 N1.4 H50 Dual Zone Indicator Lamp
N1 Regulator, Dual Zone
4 4A 4 N2 Regulator
N1.2 E40 E4 N1.4 N3 Regulator
P1 2
> N35.S H10 E1.4 N4 Regulator, Dual Zone
N32.S N5 Regulator, Dual Zone
H S N31.4 E10.4A
E1 4 H1 > N31 Thermostat Limit Assembly
N1.4 N1.S1 N1.S2
4A 4A S1 S2 – High Limit
N1.4A N2.S1 N2.S2
N4.4A H1–5 – Heat Indicator Lamp
E10 H4 P1 N4.4 X7.3 P2 N4 N32 Thermostat Limit Assembly
H40 H 4
N34.2A 2 4 – High Limit
S 2 4 X7.2 P1 E4 – Heat Indicator Lamp
N33.S N33 Thermostat Limit Assembly
N33.S
N4.2 – High Limit
4A – Heat Indicator Lamp
N4.P1 N4.4
H40 N34.4 – High Limit
E40 E40.4A – Heat Indicator Lamp
N4.S1 N4.S2 – High Limit
N5.S1 S1 S2 N5.S2 – Heat Indicator Lamp
N3.P2
X7.3 P2 N2 X7 Terminal Block
N32.2 2 4
X7.2 P1 N32.4
N35 N3.P1
H50
4 N2.S1 N2.S2
N33 N3.S1 S1 S2 N3.S2
N5.2
N32 P1 2 H3
> N31.S X7.4 P2
N2.4 N33.S S H N5
H S N35.S N35.2 2 4
4 E5 N34.S > E3 X7.1 N5.4
4 H5 2 P1 P1
N2.2 N5.4 N3.2
P1 2 4A 4 4A 4
E2 > N5.4A N5.4
N31.S E50 N3.4
H S H50 E5.4
H2 N35.4 E50.4A
N5.S1 N5.S2
N3.S1 S1 S2
N2.P2 N3 NKT 92
P2
N33.2 2 4
N3.S1 P1 N32.4
N2.P1
A B
L1 1
2
X7
S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1
P> P> P> P> P>
S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 2 2 2 2 2
N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N1 N2 N3 N4 N5
A B
S S S S S 2 2 2 2 2
H H P1 P1 P1 P1
N31 H N32 N33 H N34 N35 H N31 4P1 N32 N33 N34 N35 4
H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 E1 4 E10 4A H10 E2 E3 E4 E40 4A H40 E5 4 E50 4A H50
4A 4A 4A
4 4 4 4 4 4
N1 N32 N33 N34 N4 N5
4 4 4 4 4
P2 P2 P2 P2 P2
X7 N1 N2 N3 N4 N5
GND 3
L2 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
SYMBOL KEY CURRENT PATH SYMBOL KEY CURRENT PATH SYMBOL KEY CURRENT PATH SYMBOL KEY CURRENT PATH
E10 Element 1300W 17 H2 Heat Indicator Lamp 3 N2 Regulator 10/21 – High Limit 15
E2 Element 1500W 21 H3 Heat Indicator Lamp 5 N3 Regulator 11/23 – Heat Indicator Lamp 1
E4 Element 1600W 25 H5 Heat Indicator Lamp 9 N5 Regulator, Dual Zone 13/31/33 – High Limit 21
E40 Element 800W 27 H7 On Lamp 11 – Heat Indicator Lamp 3
E5 Element 1000W 31 H10 Dual Zone Indicator Lamp 19 X7 Terminal Block 1 N33 Thermostat Limit Assembly
E50 Element 1000W 33 H40 Dual Zone Indicator Lamp 29 – High Limit 23
H50 Dual Zone Indicator Lamp 35 – Heat Indicator Lamp 5
– High Limit 29
NKT 92 N35 Thermostat Limit Assembly
– High Limit 31
DIAGRAM #57
173—76865—012
DHD 865/965
DIAGRAM #58
WH BK
N
Gear Motor
OR
L BK BK
WH
RD
G
GN YE
Blower Motor
WH BU
OR
BK = black
RD = red
YE = yellow
GN = green
Switch Control Board (lower)
BU = blue
Chassis WH = white
Ground
OR = orange
Switchboard (upper)
A B
To Remote Blower DHD 805/905
DHG 565
GN WH BK
A B
WH BK
N
Gear Motor
OR
L
BK BK
RD
G
GN Triac YE
Snubber
WH BU
BU
OR
BK = black
RD = red
YE = yellow
GN = green
Switch Control Board (lower)
BU = blue
Chassis WH = white
Ground
OR = orange
Switchboard (upper)
DIAGRAM #59
DIAGRAM #60
560—2032–576
X2
A2
SHU 33
2 1
I2.2- I2.8
e0 a1 Symbol Key
N a1 ON/OFF SWITCH
I2.1-1 1 2
A2 ACTUATOR (Dispenser)
e0 DOOR SWITCH
3 4 e5 FLOW SWITCH
I2.7-2 e6 FLOAT SWITCH
L1 f1 WATER LEVEL SWITCH
I2.1-2 5 6 f5 HIGH LIMIT 185˚F
m2 CIRCULATION MOTOR
m3 DRAIN MOTOR
I2.7-1 NTC TEMPERATURE SENSOR
I2.5-
r1 HEATING ELEMENT
4 1 5 2 3 7 6 s2 WATER SOLENOID
I2.4- I2.4- X2 SERVICE CONNECTOR
s2
NTC
185˚F
f2-f4
4 2 f5 permanent split
f1 4
2 capacitor motor (m2)
1 m2
e6 1M r1
L
1 1M
m3 F
1M
e5
N
A B
Control Module– I2
I2. .7 SHU 33
1 2 .8
.4 .6 .2 .1 .5
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
A B
Ground – PE
YE-A2
YE-A2
BU-I6-7
RD-l6-1
BU-I6-6
BU-I6-8
BU-I6-9
BU-I6-4
BU-I6-5
BU-a1-6
WH-a1-5
Door Switch – e0
4 GNYE-PE-1
GYBK-a1-3
WHRD-a1-1
e0 Water Level Switch – f1 NTC – f2 & f4 / Thermostat – f5 2 GNYE-r1
1 2 3 4 5 6
RD-e6-1
NTC
GN-l6-4 1 GNYE-m2
f2-f4 GNYE-PE-4
4 BU-l6-7
1 GN-l6-5
2
P f5 RD-l6-1
Wiring Connector – I6
High
WH-I6-2
BK-l1-L1
WH-l1-N
185˚F l6
BU-I2.4-1
Limit RD-r1
WH-I2.1-2
Water Solenoid – s2 1
GYBK-l2.7-2
WHRD-e5-1
RD-f5 RD-l2.7-1
WHRD-I2.1-1
WH-e6-1 2 WH-a1-6
GNYE-r1 VT-l6-5 3
Circulation Motor– m2 GN-NTC 4 BU-l2.5-7
WH-e6-2 BK-l6-8 GN-NTC 5 BU-l2.5-6
Float Switch – e6 WHVT-m3 VT-s2 6 BU-l2.4-5
BU-f1-4 7 BU-l2.4-4
1 2 3 BK-m2-1 8 BU-l2.4-3
RD-f1-1 Actuator (Dispenser) – A2 WHVT-e5-1
WH-I6-2 GYRD-m3-L1 9 BU-l2.4-2
4 GYRD-m3-L1 YE-l2.2-1
1 2 1M
WH-s2 A2 K4
YE-l2.2-2
GNYE-PE-1
GNYE-r1 BK = black
BN = brown
RD = red
Electrical Supply – l1 Heating Element – r1 Flow Switch – e5 Drain Motor – m3 YE = yellow
GN = green
BU = blue
RD-e5-4 2 VT = violet
L1 BK-a1-4 GNYE-l1-PE-3 GYRD-e6-4
1 GY = gray
GNYE-PE-2 RD-r1 L1 GYRD-l6-9 WH = white
N WH-a1-2 4
GNYE-s2 PK = pink
GNYE-r1 GNYE-m2 WHRD-a1-1 WHVT-m2-2
PE-3 RD-f5 WHVT-m2-3
DIAGRAM #61
560—2032–576
L1 a1
4 3
1 u4 u6 u2
e6
4 b a b a b a
2
DIAGRAM #62
5600 00 2809
135˚F
u5
f3
a b 2
b1
1 permanent split
f1 1 a b
L
2 4 u3
149˚F e5
h1 1
F 1M
4 3
f4 2 4
N
b3 5
s2 PTC 1M r1 1M 1M
A2
m3 m1 m2
185˚F
e0
f5
2 1
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
current path

e0 DOOR SWITCH 3 m1 TIMER MOTOR 12 REGULAR b1 & b2
e6 FLOAT SWITCH 7 m3 DRAIN MOTOR 10 RINSE & HOLD b3
f3 THERMOSTAT 135˚F 8 s2 WATER SOLENOID 5 SHU 3032/3036
A B
SHU 3032/3036 Door Switch – e0 Selector Switch – b
RD-A2
5b
3b
GN-I6-6 1 2 3 4 5
GN-f3 YE-b-1 h1
5a
3a
BU-l6-4 e0
a1
5
3
VT-b-3
GY-l6-1 1 2 3 4 5 6
BU-f3
GN-f3
VT-u-3
YE-u-3a
BK-m2-1
6b
4b
2b
A B
GYRD-I6-8 WH-u-6a
6a
4a
2a
WH-b-5 GYBK-e5-1
WH-I6-3
6
4
2
RD-l6-5
BK-l1-L1
WH-l1-N
WHVT-u-4
WHRD-A2
WHRD-l6-9
WHVT-a1-3 Actuator (Dispenser) – A2
1M WHRD-A2
m1 Float Switch – e6 Thermostat – f3 RD-u-3b
Wiring Connector – l6 A2
WHRD-u-m1
Drain Motor – m3 RD-l6-5 161˚F WHRD-a1-1
WHRD-f5
9 4 BU-b-2
WHRD-a1-1 BURD-m2 GYRD-m3-L1
GYRD-u-4b 8 GYRD-m3-L1 GYRD-l6-8 1 2
L1 GYRD-e6-4 GY-l6-1 GN-u-5b
7
GN-b-4 Ground – PE
GN-u-5b 6 GN-f4 BURD-m2-2
4 6 GNYE-s2
BU-u-5a BU-f1-1
WH-u-6a 3 WH-e5-2
2 Water Level Switch – f1 Flow Switch – e5 5
1 GNYE-PE-1
GY-u-5 GY-e6-2
BU-l6-4 4
Water Solenoid – s2 4 GNYE-PE-1
RD-r1
WH-f4 1 2
GNYE-r1 4 WH-f4
1 2 GNYE-r1
GNYE-PE-6 VT-f1-2 VT-s2 WH-l6-3
2
P 1
BURD-m3 GNYE-m2
GNYE-PE-4
Electrical Supply – l1 f4
WH-e5-2 BK-u-2b BK = black
Heating Element – r1 WH-f1-4 BURD-m3
1 2 3 BURD-l6-9 BN = brown
149˚F RD = red
GN-l6-6 YE = yellow
L1 BK-a1-4
RD-e5-4 GN = green
N WH-a1-2 GNYE-I1-PE-3 f5 BU = blue
GNYE-PE-2 WHRD-l6-9 1M VT = violet
GNYE-r1 GNYE-s2 K1 GY = gray
185˚F
PE-3 GNYE-m2 RD-r1 GNYE-PE-1 WH = white
RD-f5 GNYE-r1 PK = pink
High Limit
DIAGRAM #63
5600 00 2830
PRE-WASH PRE-WASH WASH W/ HEAT PRE-RINSE RINSE W/ HEAT DRYING
a
1 b
T a
DIAGRAM #64
5600 03 5985
M 3 a Thermostat 135˚F
b Actuator
b Drain Motor
R a Water Solenoid
a Timer Motor
C 6 b
O a
7 b
N a
T 8 b
11
A 12
C 13
14
T 15
S 16
17
18
19
TIME IN TIMING KEY (TIME FOR
SECONDS SENSOR TO BE SATISFIED)
30
f1+4
56
30
30
f1+30
150
180
30
30
f1+4
56
30
30
f1+30
150
180
60
30
30
30
30
f1+30
150
f3/f4+4
176
1260
180
180
60
30
30
30
30
f1+30
150
180
30
30
30
30
f1+30
30
60
60
f4+60
180
60
30
90
180
180
180
30
TIMER POSITION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 f1 = WATER LEVEL SWITCH

f3 = 135˚ THERMOSTAT
f4 = 149˚ THERMOSTAT
OPERATION
P
F
F+U
P+U
P
F
F+U
U
P+U
P
F
F+U
P+U
P
F
F+U
U
U
P+U
P
F+U
P
F
F+U+R
U+H
U
U
U
U
U
P+U
P
F+U
P
F
F+U
U
P+U
P
F+U
P
F
F+U
F+U
F+U
U+H
F+U+K
U+H
P
T
T
T
T
P
WASH/RINSE
P 149˚F/149˚F Power Scrub (High Temp)

149˚ 149˚
R
135˚ 149˚ Power Scrub (Reg Temp)
O 135˚F/149˚F
G 149˚F/149˚F Regular (High Temp)
R
A 135˚F/149˚F Regular (Reg Temp)
M
Rinse & Hold
OPERATION KEY
F = FILLING K = RINSE–AID DISPENSING SHU 303X
H = HEATING
B
FOR MODELS:
SHI
BOSCH
4302 4306 Dishwasher Repair Manual
6802 6805
6806
Effective: December 1, 1998 1st Edition/Rev. 0-A
SHU
3002 3006
3012 3016
4002 4006
4016 4022
4026 4036
4302 4306
4312 4316
5302 5304
5305 5306
5312 5314
5315 5316
6802 6805
6806
SHV
4303 4803
BSH Home Appliances

2800 South 25th Avenue
Broadview, Illinois 60153
Introduction
This Repair Manual is designed to assist you in the evaluation, diagnosis and repair of
the current SHI, SHU and SHV model dishwasher series. To better understand these
appliances, their operation and construction we suggest that you read this manual
thoroughly before attempting any repairs.
All information is current at the time of printing.

H 1
Table of Contents
Description Page
Section 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Warranty / Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Model / Serial Number Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 – 7
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Operation, SHU 3002 / 3006 / 3012 / 3016 / 4002 / 4006 / 4016 / 4022 / 4026 / 4036 . 10
Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Operation, SHI 4302 / 4306 — SHU 4302 / 4306 / 4312 / 4316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Operation, SHU 5302 / 5304 / 5305 / 5306 / 5312 / 5314 / 5315 / 5316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Operation, SHI / SHU 6802 / 6805 / 6806 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Section 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 – 21
Interior Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 – 25
Detergent / Rinse-Agent Dispenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Washability / Drying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
SERVICE REMINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Section 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Outer Door Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Door Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Dispenser Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Dispenser Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Fascia Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 – 35
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Section 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Base Components – Front Accessible: Electrical Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Circulation Motor Capacitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Leveling Legs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Water Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Drain Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 — 41
2 H
Table of Contents
SERVICE REMINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Description Page
Section 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Left Side Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Left Side Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Water Inlet / Discharge System – Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 – 47
Water Inlet / Discharge System – Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Section 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Right Side Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Right Side Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
NTC Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
NTC Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 – 57
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Section 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Tank Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 – 62
Base Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Circulation Pump / Motor Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Circulation Pump / Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Heater Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Heater Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Aqua Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Door Spring Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Section 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Wiring Diagrams / Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(see Tech Manual)
Test Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(see Test Programs)
H 3
Section 1
Description Page
Warranty / Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Model / Serial Number Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 – 7
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4 H
Warranty / Technical Specifications
Warranty
1st Year Parts & Labor.

2nd Year Parts only.
3rd – 5th Year Electronic Boards, parts only.
3rd – 5th Year Racks, parts only.
This does not include rack wheels; silverware baskets or plastic shelving.
Lifetime Stainless Steel.

Must receive a special authorization before attempting any repairs or replacement.
Cosmetic items, Facia and Door Panels are only warranted against manufacturing defects. In the event of a scratch or
dent have the customer contact the Customer Service Department.
CUSTOMER SERVICE 800-944-2904
TECHNICAL SERVICE 888-522-6724
Technical Specifications
Electrical Requirements
Rating 120V / 60Hz
Dedicated Circuit 15 Amp
Total Amps (load rated) 11 Amp
Water Supply
Suggested Incoming Temp. 140° f
PSI Min / Max 20 / 60
Water Connection 3/8” Copper or Flexible Stainless Steel
Component Values
Component Ohms* Amperage Other
Water Valve 1K — —
Drain Motor 16 .75 —
Circulation Motor 10 1.25 —
NTC 55K at room temp. — Resistance decreases as
(75° f) temperature increases
PTC (actuator) 200 — —
Heater 10.5 9.75 1200 watts
*always disconnect both component leads before measuring for resistance.
Electrical Warning:
To avoid personal injury and/or property damage it is important that safe servicing practices and procedures are observed at
all times. Disconnect the electrical service before attempting any repairs, and live tests are to be performed by experienced
and qualified service personnel only.
H 5
Model / Serial Number Location
Fig. 1-1 Fig. 1-2
Located on the right hand side of the Inner Door is the Model and Serial number tag, Fig. 1-1.
The Model and Serial numbers can be found on the left side of the tag within the black outline box, Fig. 1-2.
The Model Number for this unit is SHU 5312 UC/U06.
Located just under the Model Number is the ten-digit Serial Number.
The Serial Number for this unit is FD 7801 123456.
Service note: A second Model and Serial number tag is located on the Base, see Section 5, Fig. 10-1.
6 H
Product Overview
The Bosch dishwasher utilizes a two motor system with separate Circulation and Drain Motors, and a
Flow Through Heater controlled by a Flow Switch and NTC Thermistor. With some models also having
the advanced logic feature of an Aqua Sensor turbidity measuring devise, Fig. 2-1.
• A two motor system allows each motor to be designed for a single function, thus reducing overall
size and energy consumption. While also reducing operating noise.
• The Flow-Through Heater allows a shorter heating cycle since all water must pass through the
Heater, increasing water temperature by approximately two degrees a minute. To protect the
heater from dry fire, the Flow Switch will not allow the Heater to activate unless water is flowing.
• Water temperature is controlled by the NTC (negative temperature coefficient). As water
temperature increases the NTC records the decrease in resistance. The Control Unit Logic Board
measures this resistance change and allows the program to advance once the correct
temperature (resistance level) is reached.
• The Aqua Sensor turbidity measuring device, which is available only on select models, evaluates
the pre-wash water using a beam of light and a pick-up sensor. If the beam passes easily through
the pre-wash water then no additional wash water is added. If the beam cannot pass through,
then the pre-wash water is drained and a fresh fill is added for the main wash cycle.
The heated water then advances through the system via a four level wash system that uses both an
upper and lower spray arm as well as an overhead sprayer, Fig. 2-2.
Aqua Sensor
NTC
Flow Through Heater
Upper Spray Arm

Flow Switch
Lower Spray Arm
Circulation Motor / Pump

Impeller Cover
Drain Motor
Fig. 2-1
H 7
Product Overview
Overhead Spray
Coupling
Upper Spray Arm
Feed Tube
Lower Spray Arm
Aqua Sensor
Sump Flow Through
Heater
Fig. 2-2
8 H
Notes
H 9
Section 2
Description Page
Operation, SHU 3002 / 3006 / 3012 / 3016 / 4002 / 4006 / 4016 / 4022 / 4026 / 4036 . 10
Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Operation, SHI 4302 / 4306
SHU 4302 / 4306 / 4312 / 4316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Operation, SHU 5302 / 5304 / 5305 / 5306 / 5312 / 5314 / 5315 / 5316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Operation, SHI & SHU 6802 / 6805 / 6806 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
10 H
Operation
SHU 3002/3006/3012/3016/4002/4006/4016/4022/4026/4036
Fig. 3-1 Fig. 3-2
The SHU 30** and 40** are both mechanical units that operate using a basic Timer and Selector Switch.
TO OPERATE EITHER MODEL, (a SHU 4006 is shown):
Fig. 3-2.
First select a cycle by pushing the corresponding Cycle Button in. The Cycle Button remains in
the indented position until another cycle is chosen.
Now, depress the On/Off Button until it locks in place and the On LED illuminates.
Note: The On lamp will remain illuminated until the On/Off Button is depressed a second time
turning the unit off.
If the door is opened during the cycle, the On/Off Button will be reset to off and must
again be depressed to re-active the unit.
Fig. 3-1.
Then, turn the Timer Knob slowly clockwise to the start position and release. You will hear the
Drain Motor activate.
The Timer Knob will continue to advance clockwise back to the twelve O’clock position until the
cycle is complete.
Please note: During the Rinse & Hold Cycle the Timer Knob will only advance to the two O’clock
position and then stop, indicating the end of the Rinse & Hold cycle.
H 11
Cycle Chart
SHU 3002/3006/3012/3016/4002/4006/4016/4022/4026/4036
Type of dishware
e.g. china,
pots/pans,
Non-deli- Mixed Delicate Mixed
cutlery, cate
glasses,
etc.
Type of food Soups, casseroles, Soups, potatoes, Coffee, cakes, milk,
remains sauces, potatoes, pasta, rice, eggs, salami, cold drinks,
pasta, rice, eggs, roast or fried food salads
roast or fried food
Amount of a lot a lot a little a little very little

food remains
Condition of stuck on hard loosely attached
food remains
Wash Power Regular Delicate Rinse

cycle Scrub Wash Wash & Hold
Cycle
sequence Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-rinse
Pre-wash Pre-wash Wash
140˚F
Wash Wash
161˚F 140˚F Rinse
Rinse Rinse Rinse-aid
161˚F
Rinse-aid Rinse-aid
161˚F 161˚F Drying
Drying Drying
Cycle
details
Duration in 85 78 70 10
minutes
Water consumption 6.55 6.55 5.36 1.19
in gallons
in liters
Shown above are the range of values that may be obtained while running the dishwasher under normal
conditions. Actual values may vary. The actual cycle duration, water and energy usage are dependent upon
inlet water temperature.
Delicate cycle not used on SHU 3002/3006/3012/3016

12 H
Operation
SHI 4302/4306 SHU 4302/4306/4312/4316
Fig. 3-3 Fig. 3-4
The SHI or SHU 43** series operates using an electronic Control Unit.
TO OPERATE:
Fig. 3-3.
First depress the On/Off Button until it locks in place.
Fig. 3-4.
Once the On/Off Button is depressed the LED above the previously used cycle will illuminate.
To change the cycle, simply press the desired Cycle Button twice. The LED above that cycle will
then illuminate.
As the program advances the Cycle Progress LED’s will illuminate (wash, rinse / dry). When the
cycle is complete the Clean LED will be illuminated.
TO CANCEL A CYCLE:
Press the Power Scrub Plus and Regular Wash Buttons both in at the same time. The unit will
then drain and the Clean LED will illuminate.
Please note: If the door is opened during the cycle, the On/Off Button will be reset to off andmust
be depressed again to re-active the cycle. The cycle will resume from where it left off.
H 13
Cycle Chart
SHI 4302/4306 SHU 4302/4306/4312/4316
Type of dishware
e.g. china,
pots/pans,
cutlery, cate
glasses,
etc.
roast or fried food

food remains
food remains
Wash Power Scrub Regular Rinse

cycle Scrub Wash Wash & Hold
Plus
Cycle
sequence Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-rinse
Pre-wash Wash Wash
125˚F 150˚F 140˚F
Wash First Rinse Rinse
161˚F
First Rinse Second Rinse-aid
Rinse 161˚F
Second Rinse-aid
Rinse 161˚F Drying
Rinse-aid
161˚F Drying
Drying
Cycle
details
Duration in 99 85 80 10
minutes
Water consumption 7.1 6 5.4 1.2
in gallons
in liters
inlet water temperature.
14 H
Operation
SHU 5302/5304/5305/5306/5312/5314/5315/5316
Fig. 3-5 Fig. 3-6

The SHU 53** series operates using an electronic Control Unit.
TO OPERATE:
Fig. 3-5.
Fig. 3-6.
Once the On/Off Button is depressed the LED above the previously used cycle will illuminate. To change the cycle, simply press
the desired Cycle Button twice. The LED above that cycle will then illuminate.
The Cycle Countdown will display an approximate run time for the cycle chosen. This run time will depend on incoming water
temperature and the turbidity of the pre-wash water.
Note: It is normal for the Countdown Display to remain at a time increment for more than one minute, or skip a time increment
depending on the calculations of the Control Unit.
Also, with continued use the Control Unit will learn the wash and temperature patterns for the most commonly used
programs and will then reduce the overall start and running times.
At the end of the cycle the display will show a CL, indicating that the cycle is complete.
TO CANCEL A CYCLE:
Press the Scrub Wash and Delicate / Econo Buttons both in at the same time. The unit will then drain and the figure CL will
appear in the display.
DELAY START:
The Delay Start feature allows the unit to be delayed for up to nine hours. To program, start the unit as described above, but
after selecting a cycle push the Delay Start button. The display will show a 1h, or one-hour delay. Continue to depress the
Delay Start Button until the desired delay time is reached (up to nine hours, 9h).
The unit will begin automatically once the delay time has elapsed. To reset the delay, press the Delay Start Button until it reaches 0h.
REFILL RINSE AGENT LED:

The Refill Rinse Agent LED is activated via a Reed Switch on the Detergent Dispenser, Section 4, Fig. 8-3. The LED will
illuminate when the Rinse Agent Dispenser is empty.
Service note: The Refill Rinse Agent LED will also illuminate when the dishwasher door is opened and then
closed even if the Dispenser is full, but will only remain lit for a few seconds.
“F” CODE:
An “F” in the display window indicates a filling fault, see Section 6, Fig. 12-1 through Fig.12-6.
Please note: If the door is opened during the cycle, the On/Off Button will be reset to off and must be depressed again
to re-active the cycle. The cycle will resume from where it left off.
H 15
Cycle Chart
SHU 5302/5304/5305/5306/5312/5314/5315/5316
Type of dishware
e.g. china,
pots/pans,
cutlery, cate
glasses,
etc.
roast or fried food

food remains
food remains
Wash Power Scrub Regular Delicate/ Rinse

cycle Scrub Wash Wash Economy & Hold
Plus
Cycle
sequence Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Wash Pre-rinse
140˚F
Pre-wash Wash Wash
125˚F 150˚F 140˚F Rinse
Wash First Rinse Rinse Rinse-aid
161˚F 155˚F
Rinse 161˚F Drying
Second Rinse-aid
Rinse 161˚F Drying
Rinse-aid
161˚F Drying
Drying
Cycle
details
Duration in 99 85 80 70 10
minutes
Water consumption 7.1/5 6/4.2 5.4/3.8 3.6/2.5 1.2/0.8
in gallons
Water consumption 26.9/18.9 22.7/15.9 20.4/14.4 13.5/9.5 4.5/3.2
in liters
The Bosch Sensotronic™ will reduce water consumption by approximately 20%, in the case of lightly soiled
dishes. When Top Rack Only™ feature is used the water consumption is reduced approximately 30%.
inlet water temperature and amount of soil on dishware.
16 H
Operation
SHI/SHU 6802/6805/6806
Fig. 3-7 Fig. 3-8

The SHI / SHU 68** series operates using an electronic Control Unit.
TO OPERATE:
Fig. 3-7.
Fig. 3-8.
Once the On/Off Button is depressed the LED above the previously used cycle will illuminate. To change the cycle, simply press
the desired Cycle Button twice. The LED above that cycle will then illuminate.
The Cycle Countdown will display an approximate run time for the cycle chosen. This run time will depend on incoming water
temperature and the turbidity of the pre-wash water.
Note: It is normal for the Countdown Display to remain at a time increment for more than one minute, or skip a time increment
depending on the calculations of the Control Unit.
Also, with continued use the Control Unit will learn the wash and temperature patterns for the most commonly used
programs and will then reduce the overall start and running times.
At the end of the cycle the display will show a CL, indicating that the cycle is complete.
TO CANCEL A CYCLE:
Press the Scrub Wash and Delicate / Econo Buttons both in at the same time. The unit will then drain and the figure CL will
appear in the display.
DELAY START:
The Delay Start feature allows the unit to be delayed for up to nine hours. To program, start the unit as described above, but
after selecting a cycle push the Delay Start button. The display will show a 1h, or one-hour delay. Continue to depress the
Delay Start Button until the desired delay time is reached (up to nine hours, 9h).
The unit will begin automatically once the delay time has elapsed. To reset the delay, press the Delay Start Button until it reaches 0h.
TOP RACK ONLY:

The Top Rack Only feature can be used in conjunction with any cycle. To active, press the Top Rack Only Button after selecting a
cycle, the Top Rack Only LED will illuminate and all water will be diverted to the upper wash arm for the complete cycle.
REFILL RINSE AGENT LED:
The Refill Rinse Agent LED is activated via a Reed Switch on the Detergent Dispenser, Section 4, Fig. 8-3. The LED will
illuminate when the Rinse Agent Dispenser is empty.
Service note: The Refill Rinse Agent LED will also illuminate when the dishwasher door is opened and then
closed even if the Dispenser is full, but will only remain lit for a few seconds.
“F” CODE:
An “F” in the display window indicates a filling fault, see Section 6, Fig. 12-1 through Fig.12-6.
Please note: If the door is opened during the cycle, the On/Off Button will be reset to off and must be depressed again
to re-active the cycle. The cycle will resume from where it left off.
H 17
Cycle Chart
SHI/SHU 6802/6805/6806
Type of dishware
e.g. china,
pots/pans,
cutlery, cate
glasses,
etc.
roast or fried food

food remains
food remains
Wash Power Scrub Regular Delicate/ Quick Rinse

cycle Scrub Wash Wash Economy Wash & Hold
Plus
Cycle
sequence Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Wash Wash Pre-rinse
140˚F 104˚F
Pre-wash Wash Wash
125˚F 150˚F 140˚F Rinse Rinse
Wash First Rinse Rinse Rinse-aid Rinse-aid
161˚F 155˚F 140˚F
Rinse 161˚F Drying Drying
Second Rinse-aid
Rinse 161˚F Drying
Rinse-aid
161˚F Drying
Cycle Drying
details
Duration in 99 85 80 70 30 10
minutes
Water consumption 7.1/5 6/4.2 5.4/3.8 3.6/2.5 2.7/1.9 1.2/0.8
in gallons
Water consumption 26.9/18.9 22.7/15.9 20.4/14.4 13.5/9.5 10.5/7.4 4.5/3.2
in liters
The Bosch Sensotronic™ will reduce water consumption by approximately 20%, in the case of lightly soiled
dishes. When Top Rack Only™ feature is used the water consumption is reduced approximately 30%.
inlet water temperature and amount of soil on dishware.
18 H
Notes
H 19
Section 3
Description Page
Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 – 21
Interior Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 – 25
Detergent / Rinse-Agent Dispenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Washability / Drying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
20 H
Rack System
Rack configurations for individual dishwasher
models will vary. However, all Racks are
constructed from a steel wire grid with a gray
nylon outer covering.
Note: Racks may discolor due to the water

supply or types of food remaining on
the dishes. We recommend that a
vinegar wash be used to assist in
removing these stains.
Start the unit, and let run approximately
ten minutes, then pour in two cups of
white vinegar and let the unit complete
the cycle, repeat if necessary.
Fig. 4-1
Fig. 4-2 Fig. 4-3
On select models the Upper Rack is height With the Rack fully extended. Lift up on the Rack
adjustable. To adjust rack height, or to remove the until the Front Rollers disengage from the Rail.
Rack from the unit.
Now bring the Rack out further and allow the
Fully extend the Rack as shown in Fig. 4-2 Rear Wheels to disengage.
Note how the Rack Rollers are designed to ride Rollers: Rack Rollers are a press fit making
on the outside of the Rails for a smoother for easy removal and replacement.
operation.
H 21
Rack System
Fig. 4-4 Fig. 4-5
Attached to the Upper Rack is the Upper Spray Arm Assembly.
The Upper Spray Arm can be removed from the Upper Spray Arm Assembly for cleaning or
replacement by turning the Arm Nut counter-clockwise, Fig. 4-4.
And then bringing the Arm down and off the Arm Assembly, Fig. 4-5.
22 H
Interior Features
2 2
7
3
4
6
5
Fig. 5-1
Interior features for all model dishwasher covered in this repair manual are identical. Those
features include:
1. Strike Plate. The Strike Plate is in a fixed position and cannot be adjusted.
2. Upper Rack Rails and Guide Rollers.
3. Door Gasket
4. Lower Spray Arm
5. Filter Basket
6. Filter Screen
7. Feeder Tube Assembly
H 23
Interior Features
Fig. 5-2 Fig. 5-3 Fig. 5-4

The Upper Rack Rails are made To remove the Rail, disengage The Upper Rack Guide Rollers
of stainless steel with a plastic the End Cap by applying are permanently attached to the
end cap. outward pressure to the Cap’s Tank and cannot be removed or
top tab, unclipping it from the repaired.
Rail. Then slide the Rail out from
the Guide Rollers.
Fig. 5-5 Fig. 5-6

The Door Gasket is press fit into a channel To remove the Gasket, simply pull it away from the
molded around the Tank. Tank Channel.
Note: Two inches of overlap are left at each end To replace, press the ribbed end firmly into the
of the Gasket to insure a proper seal. channel until secure. No sealant or glue is required.
Service tip: To test for a bad Door Gasket, open the dishwasher door and insert a dollar bill, then
close the door and pull the bill out. If the bill is snug the Gasket is good, if the bill slides
out easily the Door Gasket may need to be replaced.
24 H
Interior Features
Water
Level
Fig. 5-7 Fig. 5-8
Fig. 5-9 Fig. 5-10
2 2
Fig. 5-11 Fig. 5-12

H 25
Interior Features
Fig. 5-7 The operating water level of the dishwasher is at approximately the upper edge of the filter basket.
Fig. 5-8 The Lower Spray Arm is press fit into the Feeder Tube Socket.
To remove the Arm, grasp the Arm Hub and pull up until the Arm disengages from the Socket.
The Arm or Arm Socket can now be checked for debris.
Fig. 5-9 The Filter Basket is removed by turning it ninety degrees counter-clockwise.
Fig. 5-10 Then lift it out for cleaning.

The Filter is a fine mesh of stainless steel and should be inspected and cleaned at least
once a month.
Fig. 5-11 With the Filter Basket removed, the filter screen can then be lifted out.
The Filter Screen is also made of stainless steel, and was designed with rolled ends to
eliminate sharp edges. It too should be inspected and cleaned at least once a month.
Fig. 5-12 With the Filter Screens removed you now have access to the sump area.
The Sump has a Drain Intake on the left, and the Circulation Pump Intake on the right.
A removable cover, item 1, hides the Drain Impeller. To remove the cover, remove the single
T-20 Torx screw and then lift the cover off. You may now examine the Impeller for any
obstructions.
The Feeder Tube Assembly allows water to flow to the Lower, then Upper Spray Arms and
then to the Top Sprayer Head. It is replaced as a complete assembly by first removing the
two T-20 Torx screws, item 2, at its base.
Then bring the tube up and off the Sump Housing, and remove it from the retaining clip
located on the rear wall.
26 H
Detergent / Rinse-Agent Dispenser
Located on the Inner Door is the Detergent / Rinse
Agent Dispenser, Fig. 6-1.
The Dispenser Housing is one assembly containing
three individual components.
Rinse Agent Dispenser.
Detergent Cup.
Steam Vent.
Note: Mechanical operation and removal of the
Dispenser is shown in Section 4.
Fig. 6-1
To fill or adjust the Rinse Agent Dispenser, open
the Rinse Agent Door by pulling up on the Door
Latch. 1
The Dosage Meter, item 1, is now visible. The
Dosage Meter allows you to adjust the amount of
2 Rinse Agent dispensed into the rinse stage of the
cycle. The factory setting is three.
1 2
There is also an eyepiece, item 2, that provides a
visual indication as to the amount of Rinse Agent
remaining in the Dispenser.
Fig. 6-2
To the right of the Rinse Agent Dispenser is the
2 Detergent Cup, item 1.
Once detergent has been loaded into the cup, slide
the Detergent Door, item 2, closed.
1 When the door is fully closed press down on the
door end to lock it.
Fig. 6-3
A white Locking Lever, item 1, will then extend.

2 Once closed, the detergent door may be released
by pressing in on the Locking Lever.
With the Detergent Door closed the Steam Vent is
1 now visible, item 2.
During the drying stage of the cycle, steam is
drawn through the vent and collects in a
Condensation Tube.
Fig. 6-4
H 27
Washability / Drying
WASHABILITY
There are four factors that play a critical role in Washability: Time, Temperature, Water and Detergent. It
is important when attempting to determine the cause of a Washability complaint that all four factors be
considered and tested.
Time: The duration of the program is accurate (see cycle chart).
Temperature: The wash and rinse temperatures are within the desired range (see cycle chart).
Water: The unit is filling with the correct amount of water (Section 3, Fig.5-7)
Detergent: The detergent is fresh, and not being used in excessive amounts.
Please note: Other factors such as clean filters, a properly routed drain hose, water hardness and
quality, as well as loading of items will also effect Washability.
DRYING
As part of an energy saving design Bosch Dishwashers do not activate the Heating Element during the
Drying cycle. Instead, the dishwasher utilizes a rinse temperature of up to 161° Fahrenheit, and the
addition of Rinse Agent to achieve a quality drying result.
HOW THIS SYSTEM FUNCTIONS:
During the rinse cycle water is heated to 161° Fahrenheit, this heat is transferred to the items in
the dishwasher where it is absorb and stored.
During the drying portion of the cycle all dishwasher items will then radiate the stored heat, thus
evaporating any water that has collected on the items surface, burning it off and converting the
liquid into steam.
This process of “flash drying” is assisted by the release of Rinse Agent into the rinse water. Rinse
Agent is a water softener that inhibits water from collecting or pooling, allowing it to be easily
evaporated.
The remaining steam is vented from the interior through the Steam Vent (Fig. 6-4, item 2) where it
is then collected by, and drained from the Condensation Tube (Section 4, Fig. 7-5, item 2).
Service note: When confronted with a drying complaint, make sure the Rinse Agent Dispenser is full,
and the rinse water temperature is within the desired range. Please remember that the
unit will not dry without Rinse Agent.
28 H
Service Reminder
From this point in the manual only the technical features and components of the
SHU 5312 will be demonstrated.
However, due to the overwhelming similarities between the model SHU 5312 and the
remaining Bosch Dishwasher line, you will be able to easily diagnose and repair all
current Bosch model SHU, SHI and SHV Dishwashers.
H 29
Section 4
Description Page
Outer Door Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Door Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Dispenser Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Dispenser Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Fascia Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 – 35
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
30 H
Outer Door Removal
Fig. 7-1 Fig. 7-2
To remove the Outer Door, open the door and remove the
six T-20 Torx screws located three on each side of the Inner
Stainless Door, Fig. 7-1.
Return the door back to its upright position, and bring the
bottom of the Door Panel out toward you, then slide the top of
the panel down and out from under the Facia Panel, Fig. 7-2.
As the Outer Door is being removed, the left or right Door Fig. 7-3
Guards may shift or fall out of place, Fig. 7-3.
To reposition them, slide them back in over the hinge, Fig. 7-4,
lining up the door guard square tab with the hinge lever
square notch.
Please note: Door Guards must be in place before

reinstalling the Door Panel. Door Guards are
not used on SHI or SHV models.
Fig. 7-4
H 31
Door Compoments
7
2
1
6
3
5
4 4
9 8 9
Fig. 7-5
Once the Outer Door has been removed the following components become visible.
1. Dispenser Assembly
2. Condensation Tube
3. Upper Wiring Harness
4. Door Guards
5. Door Seal
6. Bituminious Insulation
7. Cloth Fiber Insulation
Also note the Toe Kick, item 8, and the Toe Kick Mounting Screws, item 9.
32 H
Dispenser Operation
Fig. 8-1 Fig. 8-2

The Dispenser Assembly operates via a PTC …and bring the Actuator out from the Dispenser.
Actuator (wax motor), item 1.
Please note: The Combination Lever cannot be
When voltage is applied to the Actuator it replaced individually, but only as
advances a Combination Lever, item 2. part of a new Dispenser Assembly.
The Combination Lever allows the Soap Door to open,
and later in the cycle dispenses the Rinse Agent.
To remove the Actuator, first disconnect the
Wiring Connector. Then, using a small
screwdriver, release the locking tab….
1
2
Fig. 8-3 Fig. 8-4

When the Dispenser requires Rinse Agent a Magnetic Float, Fig. 8-3, item 1, will lower and draw the
contacts of a Reed Switch, Fig. 8-3, item 2, together. This completes the circuit, and activates the Refill
Rinse Agent LED located on the Facia Panel.
To remove the Reed Switch, first disconnect the Wiring Connector. Now, using a small screwdriver
push in on the Reed Switch Mounting Tab, Fig. 8-3.
As you push in on the mounting tab, use a needle-nose pliers to bring the switch down and out from the
Dispenser, Fig. 8-4.
H 33
Dispenser Removal
Fig. 8-5 Fig. 8-6

If required, the Dispenser Assembly can be replaced as a complete unit.
TO REMOVE:
First remove the:
Upper Rack (Section 3, Fig. 4-3).
Wiring Connectors for the PTC Actuator, Reed Switch and Condensation Tube.
The Condensation Tube is inserted into the right side of the Dispenser with a gasket
seal, and press fit along the right side of the Inner Stainless Steel Door.
To remove, first remove any securing tape or wire ties for both the Condensation Tube
and Upper Wiring Harness. Then, disengage the tube from the door by pulling it toward
you, and sliding the tube out from the Dispenser.
Now, using a broad tipped regular screwdriver spread the top and bottom metal positioning
strips away from the Dispenser, Fig. 8-5.
Then apply light pressure to the Dispenser, and break the seal between it and the Inner
Stainless Steel Door, Fig. 8-6.
TO INSTALL:
Clean the inner portion of the stainless steel door where the Dispenser Gasket will seat. Then
bend the positioning strips back into place, straightening them if necessary.
Now, insert the new Dispenser making sure the positioning strips fit snugly against the Dispenser
Body. The Dispenser Gasket will make a watertight seal so caulk or sealant is not required.
Replace the Condensation Tube, Wiring Connectors and Upper Rack.
34 H
Fascia Assembly
IMPORTANT SERVICE NOTE:
The Fascia Assembly cannot be
removed unless the Outer Door is
removed first.
See section 4, Fig. 7-1.
FASCIA ASSEMBLY REMOVAL:

After removing the Outer Door, remove
the six T-20 Torx screws securing the
Fascia Assembly to the Inner Stainless
door, Fig. 9-1.
Fig. 9-1
Fig. 9-2 Fig. 9-3

With the screws removed, bring the Fascia Now remove the Wiring Connectors by pressing in
Assembly down cradling it so as not to scratch on the locking tabs of each connector, then sliding
the Fascia Console. the connector up and off from the Control Module.
H 35
Fascia Assembly
With the Fascia Assembly removed from
the unit, it can be further separated into
two assemblies.
To separate, release the four locking

tabs and bring the Fascia Frame up from
the Fascia Console, Fig. 9-4.
Fig. 9-4
The Fascia Frame houses three
components:
2 3 Item 1, On/Off Switch.

1 Item 2,Door Latch Assembly.
Item 3,Control Module.
Note: The Fascia Console or Program
Buttons can be replaced at this
time.
Fig. 9-5
ON/OFF SWITCH REMOVAL:
Bend the single tab up, item 1.
1 2 Then slide the switch up and out from
the frame, and remove the Locking
Lever, item 2.
Note: The Locking Lever, item 2,
switches the unit off when the
door is opened during operation.
Fig. 9-6
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY REMOVAL:
Bend the two tabs up and slide the
Latch down.
CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL:
Press in on the three locking tabs and
bring the Control Module out from the
Console Frame.
Note: Always reset the new Control Module
by pressing the appropriate
Fig. 9-7 cancellation buttons, see Section 2.
36 H
Notes
H 37
Section 5
Description Page
Base Components – Front Accessible: Electrical Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Circulation Motor Capacitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Leveling Legs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Water Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Drain Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 — 41
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
38 H
Base Components – Front Accessible
= 7 8 2 9 =
6 5 4 1
3 3
Fig. 10-1
Service note: To gain access to the Front Accessible Lower 2
Components remove the Toe Kick. Also, for
better visibility it is strongly recommended that
the Outer Door be removed as well.
The Front Accessible Lower Components consist of the following items.
1. Electrical Connection.
2.
3.
Circulation Motor Capacitor.
Front Leveling Legs.
1
4. Model and Serial number tag. Fig. 10-2
5. Rear Leveling Leg adjustment screw. The electrical connection, item 1, is a three
wire hook-up that is secured with wire-nuts.
6. Water Solenoid Valve.
7. Access Panel. The color code is as follows:
8. Drain Motor. Black = Hot
9. Circulation Motor. White = Neutral
Green = Ground
The Circulation Motor cannot be replaced from the
front, but is accessible for voltage or wiring testing. The Circulation Motor Capacitor, item 2, is
10. Door Spring Adjustment Screws. a 10uf-Start/Run Capacitor held to the
Circulation Motor with a single 13mm nut.
The adjustment can only be made when an accessory
The Capacitor can be replaced as a
door panel is added to the unit. Turning the screw
separate component without removing the
clockwise will balance the additional weight of the Circulation Motor.
added panel.
H 39
Fig. 10-3 Fig. 10-4

The front Leveling Legs can be adjusted by inserting a The Rear Leg Adjustment Screw, item 1, allows the
regular tipped screwdriver into the foot slot and single Rear Leveling Leg to be adjusted from the front
turning the leg in the desired direction. of the unit. Turning the screw clockwise will extend
the leg, and counter-clockwise retracts it.
For convenience an additional Serial Number Tag,
item 2, is located on the Base.
Fig. 10-5 Fig. 10-6

To replace the Water Solenoid Valve, first remove the Then bring the Water Valve out from the Base, and
two T-20 Torx valve mounting screws. disconnect the water line by loosening the Water Line
Clamp (arrow) and removing the wiring leads.
40 H
Service note: To provide the required
access that will allow the
Drain Motor to be replaced,
the Lower Access Panel
must be removed, and as
previously mentioned the
Outer Door Panel should
also be removed.
To remove the Lower Access Panel, Fig.

10-7, item 1, remove the two T-20 Torx
screws located in the left and right
corners of the panel.
Fig. 10-7
As demonstrated in Figs. 10-7 and 10-8,

with the Lower Access Panel removed
you gain all the space required to replace
the Drain Motor, Fig. 10-8, item 1, as well
as allowing better visibility to the
Circulation Motor Wiring, Fig.10-8, item 2,
rear components, wiring and hoses.
1 2
Fig. 10-8
H 41
1 2 B 1 2
3
A
Cut Away View

Fig. 10-9 Fig. 10-10
To remove the Drain Motor, item 1, first remove the This cut away view shows:
Sump Fill Hose, item 2, by pulling it out from the Item 1, Drain Motor.
Sump and side inlet connections (see Fig. 10-10) Item 2, Drain Motor Locking Tab.
Item 3, the Sump Fill Hose and its two
connection points A and B.
Fig. 10-11 Fig. 10-12 Fig. 10-13

Next, remove the wiring Continue turning the Drain Motor The Drain Motor is mounted to
connectors and then while clockwise until it reaches the two the Sump using a slot and tab fit.
pulling back on the Locking Tab, o’clock stop position. Then To install the Drain Motor, insert it
turn the Drain Motor clockwise. bring the motor out from the back into the Sump at the two
Sump. o’clock position making sure that
all three slots and tabs line up,
then turn counter-clockwise until
secure and the Locking Tab locks.
42 H
Service Reminder
From this point forward, all service procedures demonstrated in the remainder of this
repair manual, will require the dishwasher to be disconnected and removed from the
cabinet for servicing.
H 43
Section 6
Description Page
Left Side Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Left Side Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Water Inlet / Discharge System – Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 – 47
Water Inlet / Discharge System – Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
44 H
Left Side Access
LEFT SIDE PANEL REMOVAL:
Remove the two T-20 Torx screws located

on the top and bottom of the Left Trim Strip,
Fig. 11-1, and then slide the Trim Strip up
and off the unit.
Figs. 11-2 and 11-3
The Side Panel is press fit onto the Front

and Rear Corner Blocks of the dishwasher.
To remove the panel, gently lift up on the
front corner disengaging it from the Front
Corner Block, arrow A. Then bring the
panels back corner off the rear block while
moving the panel toward the rear of the
dishwasher, arrow B.
Bring the panel out from the side of the unit
about forty-five degrees, and then lift it out
from the Base Lip.
Fig. 11-1
B
A
Fig. 11-2 Fig. 11-3

H 45
Left Side Components
1 1
3
7
6
5
8
Fig. 11-4
With the Left Side Panel removed you now have access to the following components:
1. Corner Blocks.
2. Cloth Fiber Insulation Panel.
3. Drain Hoses.
4. Water Chamber.
5. Inlet Water Line.
6. Water Level Housing Assembly.
7. Sump Fill Hose.
8. Left Hinge.
46 H
Water Inlet / Discharge System – Operation
4 6
1 2 3 5 7
8 9
Fig. 12-1
Normal Fill Over Fill Base Float
Fig. 12-2 Fig. 12-3 Fig. 12-4

H 47
Water Inlet / Discharge System – Operation
WATER SYSTEM OPERATION: Fig. 12-1 is a close up view of the complete Water Systems.
FILLING
NORMAL OPERATION (Fig. 12-2)
Fresh water is brought in by the Water Valve and through the Inlet Water Line, item 3. The
incoming water is then directed into the Water Level Housing Assembly, item 4, and then on to the
Sump via the Sump Fill Hose, item 8.
As the unit fills with water the Diaphragm on the Water Level Housing Assembly expands due to
the pressure of air forced up by the incoming water. When the correct water level is reached the
Diaphragm moves the Switch Lever, which in turn closes the Water Level Switch.
When the Water Level Switch closes the Water Valve shuts and the Circulation Motor is activated,
and the program advances.
Note: Once the Circulation Motor is activated the water level will drop slightly, the unit then
calls for a small amount of additional water to be added.
OVER FILL (Fig. 12-3)
As a safety feature, if the Diaphragm were to malfunction the water level would rise and activate
the Safety Float, item 5. As the Safety Float rises it in turn closes the Float Switch, item 6. When
the Float Switch closes it activates the Drain Motor.
Service tip: If the dishwasher repeatedly fills and drains the cause is most likely a faulty
Diaphragm.
BASE FLOAT (Fig. 12-4)
As an additional safety feature, if the Base were to fill with water due to a hose or pump leak the
Base Float, item 9, will rise and via a Float Lever and Pushrod, item 8, would close the Float
Switch, which in turn activates the Drain Motor.
Service tip: If there is water in the base the Drain Motor will run continually, but will not drain
water from the base.
“F” CODE
Dishwashers with a Countdown Display will show an “F” in the display window when a filling fault
occurs. Filling faults can be: Water in the base; overfill; and under or no fill.
Live Dealer Display Models with “F” codes:
Since display models are hand filled, achieving the correct water level is difficult, (see Section 3,
Fig. 5-7) so the unit will perceive a filling fault and display the “F” code. This is normal, do not
attempt a repair.
DRAINING
When the Drain Motor is activated gray water flows from the Sump through the Sump Drain Hose,
item 2, around the Water Chamber and out through the Main Drain Line, item 1.
48 H
Water Inlet / Discharge System – Removal
1
Fig. 12-7 Fig. 12-8
The Water Level Switch and Diaphragm are Then remove the wiring connector and slide the
replaced as one assembly. To replace, bend the assembly up and out from the Water Level Housing.
small retaining tab out away from the assembly.
The Float Switch, item 1, is a press fit and easily
removed as an individual component.
Fig. 12-9 Fig. 12-10

To replace either Drain Hose, first remove the Then bring the hose down and out from the Water
Drain Hose retaining clip. Chamber. When re-installing make sure the hose is
snug, and the retaining clip is back in place.
H 49
Section 7
Description Page
Right Side Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Right Side Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
NTC Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
NTC Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 – 57
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
50 H
Right Side Access
Fig. 13-1 Fig. 13-2

RIGHT SIDE PANEL REMOVAL:
Remove the two T-20 Torx screws located on the top and bottom of the Left Trim Strip, Fig. 13-1,
and then slide the Trim Strip up and off the unit.
To remove the panel, refer to Section 6, Figs. 11-2 and 11-3.

H 51
Right Side Components
3
4
1
2
Fig. 13-3
With the Right Side Panel removed, you now have access to the following components.
1. Circulation Pump / Motor.
2. Base Wiring Connectors.
3. Flow Switch.
4. Heater Assembly.
5. NTC.
COMPONENT EXPLANATION:
Circulation Pump / Motor.
The Circulation Pump / Motor can be replaced from the right side by following the same access
procedures for removal of the NTC outlined in the remainder of this section, and then by following
the steps in Section 8, Figs. 16-2 through 16-7, for the Circulation Pump / Motor removal.
Service Note: Section 8, also gives and alternative removal method for the Circulation Pump / Motor.
Base Wiring Connectors.
The Base Wiring Connectors allow the Upper Wiring Harness to mate with the Base Wiring Harness.
Flow Switch.
Located between the two heater terminals is the Flow Switch. In the event that water does not flow
across the Heating Element, the Flow Switch disables the element. To remove the Flow Switch,
bring the bottom of the switch out from its base, unhook the side tabs, and then lift the switch out.
Heater Assembly.
The Heater Assembly cannot be replaced from the side, but is accessible for continuity testing.
Replacement of the Heater Assembly is outlined in Section 8, Figs. 16-8 through 16-12.
52 H
NTC Operation
Fig. 14-1
Located on top of the Heater Assembly is the NTC (Negative Temperature Coefficient), Fig. 14-1. The
NTC uses resistance to control wash and rinse water temperature and is connected with two green leads.
As water temperature increases, the NTC records the decrease in resistance. The Control Unit Logic
Board measures this resistance change and allows the program to advance once the correct
temperature (resistance level) is reached.
Service note: The SHU 30** and SHU 40** models do not use an NTC, but utilize a standard, normally
open thermostat (bi-metal).
Also combined within the NTC (or standard thermostat) is a High Limit Safety Thermostat, connected
with red leads. The normally closed high limit is set to 185° Fahrenheit and is self-resetting.
Service tip: The NTC can be checked without removing the dishwasher by measuring its resistance at
the Control Unit. Using the appropriate wiring diagram, locate the two NTC leads. The
resistance at room temperature should be approximately 55k Ohms.
An extremely high, low or no Ohm reading will usually indicate a faulty NTC.
H 53
NTC Removal
To replace the NTC, first remove the Right Side
Panel, Outer Door and Toe Kick, Fig. 14-2.
Then, remove the two Front Base Mounting

Screws, Fig. 14-3.
And the single Rear Base Mounting Screw,

Fig. 14-4.
Fig. 14-2
Fig. 14-3 Fig. 14-4

54 H
NTC Removal
Next, remove the Hinge Cover…
Fig. 14-5
and, unhook the Pulley Arm from the Hinge by

lifting it up…
Fig. 14-6
and then off the Hinge.
Fig. 14-7
H 55
NTC Removal
Now, from inside the dishwasher remove the

1 Lower Spray Arm, Filter Basket and Screen, then
remove the two screws that attach the Feeder
Tube to the Sump, item 1. And the two Sump
Clamps, item 2.
2
Fig. 14-8
With all steps complete, bring the Tank up from

the Base and insert a block in the rear of the unit
between the Tank and the Base.
Fig. 14-9
With the block in place you now have the required

access to replace the NTC.
Service note: The Circulation Pump / Motor can

also be replaced at this time, see
Section 8.
Fig. 14-10
56 H
NTC Removal
Fig. 14-11 Fig. 14-12
As demonstrated in Figs. 14-11 and 14-12, raising the Tank provides the necessary access space
required to remove either the NTC or the Circulation Pump / Motor.
Service note: When re-seating the Tank make sure to check that it is inserted squarely back into the
pump and seated properly.
H 57
NTC Removal
The NTC is held in place by two locking tabs,
2 1
items 1 and 2.
To remove the NTC from the Heater Assembly,

unhook the front tab, item 1, and lift the NTC up
slightly on that side, holding the tab open as you lift.
Fig. 14-13
Cut Away View Then unhook the rear tab, item 2, holding it open,
while you slide the NTC up and out from the
Heater Assembly.
2
Fig. 14-14
Once the NTC has been removed make sure to

retrieve the NTC O-ring from the Heater Assembly
if it is not on the NTC when it’s removed.
Service tip: When installing the NTC, apply water

to the O-ring so it will seat easier.
To avoid leaks, always make sure
the NTC is secure and inserted
completely into the Heater
Assembly.
Fig. 14-15
58 H
Notes
H 59
Section 8
Description Page
Tank Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 – 62
Base Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Circulation Pump / Motor Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Circulation Pump / Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Heater Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Heater Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Aqua Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Door Spring Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
60 H
Tank Removal
Fig. 15-1 Fig. 15-2
In order to gain full access to the Circulation

Pump / Motor, Heater Assembly and Aqua
Sensor the Tank must be removed.
To remove the Tank, start by removing the Outer

Door, Left and Right Side Panels, and Toe Kick,
1
leaving the unit as shown in Fig. 15-1.
Next, disconnect the Upper Wiring Harness from

the Control Unit and On/Off Switch, and then
bring the harness off its mounting point on the
Condensation Tube, Fig. 15-2.
Now from inside the dishwasher remove the

Lower Spray Arm, Filter Basket and Screen, then
remove the two screws that attach the Feeder 2
Tube to the Sump, item 1. And the two Sump
Clamps, item 2.
Fig. 15-3
H 61
Tank Removal
Then on both the left and right sides, remove the
Hinge Covers…
Fig. 15-4
and unhook the Pulley Arms from both Hinges by

lifting them up…
Fig. 15-5
and then off the Hinges.
Fig. 15-6
62 H
Tank Removal
Fig. 15-7 Fig. 15-8

Fig. 15-7
Now on both the left and right sides remove
the T-20 Torx Tank Mounting Screws, item 1,
and the Door Hinge Pivot tab, item 2.
Fig. 15-8
To remove the Door Hinge Pivot Tab, insert
your T-20 Torx bit into the Tab and bring the
screwdriver down releasing the tab.
Service note: The tab is a press fit, and will simply
snap into position when replaced.
Fig. 15-9
With both Tank Mounting Screws and Door
Hinge Pivot Tabs removed bring the Inner
Door up and off the unit. The Lower Door
Seal, item 1, will pull away as you remove 1
the door.
Set the door aside.
Service note: The Door Seal is a press fit along
the bottom lip of the tank. To avoid
leaking, make sure the Door Seal is
correctly inserted back along the
Fig. 15-9
tank lip when replaced.
H 63
Base Components
3
4
2 1
Fig. 16-1
The Tank can now be removed from the Base.
Service note: Once removed, lay the Tank on its back so as not to damage the tank bottom. When re-
seating the Tank make sure to check that it’s inserted squarely back into the Sump and
seated properly.
With the Tank removed you now have access to the following components:
1. Circulation Motor
2. Circulation Pump
3. Heater Assembly
4. Aqua Sensor
Service reminder: As previously mentioned in Section 7, the Circulation Pump / Motor can also be
replaced from the right side without removing the Tank. However, the additional
visibility and access the Tank removal method allows can be a greater benefit for
this repair.
64 H
Circulation Pump / Motor Removal
1
Fig. 16-2 Fig. 16-3
3 4 2
Fig. 16-4 Fig. 16-5
H 65
Circulation Pump / Motor Assembly
Fig. 16-6 Fig. 16-7

CIRCULATION PUMP / MOTOR REMOVAL:
Disconnect the four wire leads, then grasp the Circulation Motor and turn clockwise a quarter turn until
the Motor stops, Fig. 16-2. Now, remove the Motor / Rear Pump Assembly from the Front Pump
Housing, Fig. 16-3.
Note: The Front Pump Housing remains in place when the Motor is removed, Fig.16-3, item 1.
With the Motor / Rear Pump Assembly removed from the unit, separate the Motor from the Rear Pump
Assembly. To do so, first remove the Impeller by placing a block in the rear of the Motor and then turning
the Impeller counter-clockwise, then Fig 16-4.
The Rear Pump Assembly consists of four components, Fig. 16-5:
1. Rear Pump Housing. 3. Impeller.
2. Main Pump Seal. 4. Impeller Seal.
Each component can be replaced as an individual item.
TO INSTALL:
First, locate the Key Square on the Front Pump Housing, Fig. 16-6. Next, locate the Key Square Cut
Out on the Rear Pump Housing, Fig. 16-3, item 2.
When replacing the Pump / Motor make sure to line up the Key Square with the Key Square Cut Out.
Then bring the two pump halves together in the position shown in Fig. 16-2, and turn the Motor
clockwise until it stops, see Fig. 16-7.
Service note: The Impeller Seal Spring is compressed when the two halves of the Pump Assembly are
brought together. This will take a little force, so make sure to have a good grip on the
Sump as you compress the spring.
Now, reattach the wiring leads, test and check for leaks.
66 H
Heater Assembly Removal
1 4
2
Fig. 16-8 Fig. 16-9
Aqua Sensor
NTC
Flow Through Heater
Upper Spray Arm

Flow Switch
Lower Spray Arm
Circulation Motor / Pump

Impeller Cover
Drain Motor
Fig. 16-10
H 67
Heater Assembly
2 3
1 4
5
6
7
Fig. 16-11 Fig. 16-12
The Heater Assembly, Fig. 16-8 is a flow through design, taking water in from the Circulation Pump and
then sending it out the two discharge outlets to the Upper and Lower Spray Arms, Fig. 16-10.
HEATER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL:
See Fig. 16-9, first remove all wiring leads and the two securing screws, item 1.
Now, release the Heater Assembly Locking Tab, item 2, and while holding the tab open bring the Heater
Assembly up on the left side, disengaging the heaters two discharge outlets from the Sump, item 3, and
then out from the Circulation Pump Connection, item 4.
Heater Assembly Components, Fig. 16-11.
1. Intake from Circulation Pump. 5. Locking Tab
2. Discharge to Lower Spray Arm. 6. NTC Socket
3. Discharge to Upper Spray Arm. 7. Flow Switch
4. Aqua Sensor (if equipped).
TO INSTALL:
Slide the Heater Assembly into the Circulation Pump Connection first, then bring the Heater down
and seat the two outlet gaskets back into the Sump. Make sure all three gaskets are secure and
the locking tab is in place. Then replace the two screws and wiring connections.
Top Rack Actuator, Fig. 16-12.
Top Rack Actuator is used to activate the Top Rack Only wash on models equipped with this
feature. When activated, the Top Rack Actuator diverts all water flow to the Upper Spray Arm.
To remove the Actuator, remove the wire connector, and then pry the Actuator out from its housing.
When installing, make sure the Actuator’s arm is properly inserted back into the Control Gate.
68 H
Aqua Sensor
Fig. 16-13 Fig. 16-14
The Aqua Sensor turbidity measuring device, Fig. 16-13, which is available only on select models,
evaluates the pre-wash water using a beam of light and a pick-up sensor.
If the beam passes easily through the pre-wash water then no additional wash water is added. If the
beam cannot pass through, then the pre-wash water is drained and a fresh fill is added for the main
wash cycle.
To replace the sensor, Fig. 16-14, slide it out from its housing located on the Heater Assembly.
Service note: Since the Aqua Sensor has no effect on washability, it should never be replaced. Only if a
leak were to occur should service be performed on this component.
H 69
Door Spring Removal
The Door Springs are located on the
bottom of the Base, Fig. 16-15, and
operate via a Spring Cable and Reel
that counter balances the weight of
the Outer Door, Fig. 16-16.
If a Door Panel Kit is applied to the

dishwasher, the factory springs must be
replaced with the heavy duty version
that is provided with the panel kit.
Fig. 16-15
TO REPLACE THE SPRINGS:
Lay the dishwasher on its back,

being careful not to damage the
Drain Hose. Then using a small
screwdriver, remove the Door
Springs by prying the Spring Plate
out from the Base, Fig. 16-17.
Then remove the Spring Cable
by unhooking it from the Spring,
Fig. 16-18.
Fig. 16-16
Fig. 16-17 Fig. 16-18

70 H
Notes
H 71
Section 9
Description Page
Wiring Diagrams / Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (see Tech Manual)
Test Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(see Test Programs)

BSH Home Appliances
Thermador Dishwasher Series
Models DWI246, DW246,
DW245, DW244.
Flexibility, Cleanability plus
Quiet Operation
1
FEATURES
• Soil Sensor • Triple Filtration
– Except Model DW244 System
• Upper Plate Rack • Cycle Status
• Lower Pots & Pans Indicator Bar
Rack • Rinse Agent
• Heated Water Indicator Light
Chamber • Cycle Delay Function
• Quiet Operation • Condensation Air
• Stainless Steel Tank Drying System
2
To Interrupt or Reset a Cycle
To interrupt a cycle: To reset a cycle:
Simply depress the With the cycle operating,

ON/OFF button to press HEAVY WASH
stop the operation and LIGHT WASH at
the same time for 3
seconds. The cycle
status bar will
progress to the end.
3
To change cycle selection
Simply depress the button of the cycle desired
two times. The light above the cycle will
then become illuminated to show that it has
been selected.
4
Fill valve replacement
• Fill valve is accessed
by removing toekick
panel.
• Remove two screws
holding fill valve in
place, electrical
connections, and
remove fill hose.
• Reverse order to
replace. 5
Fill valve replacement
• Operates on 120VAC
• Normal reading is
approximately 1000
ohms.
• Read directly at valve.
• If reading is abnormal,
replace valve.
6
Fill valve reads 1000 ohms between I2.4-
4 and I2.1-3 with door switch closed. It
operates on 120VAC. Note: voltage
present whenever on-off switch closed.
Temp. Service
Reed switch sensor Soil Sensor Jumper connector
e3
NTC X1 X2 e0 a1
I4 On/off
door
switch
.6-1 .6-2 .5-7 .5-6 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 I2.9 I2.8 .1-1 1 2
.1-2 3 4
Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 5 6
Display Control Timer .1-3
.7-1
dispenser
.2-1 .2-2 .4-3 .4-4 .4-1 .7-2 .4-2
HTCO f5
A2 4 s2
Dispenser Water f1 Water m2
actuator level
1 2 4
valve heater r1 Circ.
switch motor
Flow
1Float Drain
switch
switch motor e5 7
m3
Removal of outer door panel
• Remove 6 T-20
screws in door panel
• Close door
8
Removal of outer door panel
• Tilt lower portion
outward and slide
down
• Stiffener blocks will
fall out. Replace on
hinge assembly prior
to reassembly.
9
Drain pump replacement
• Drain tank sump with
sponge or towel (to
prevent spillage into
lower sump).
• Remove toe panel and
cover plate.
• Remove fill valve and
sump hose.
• Hold tabs on motor
and rotate CW. 10
Drain pump replacement
• Permanent magnet
motor.
• Operates on 120VAC.
• Normal resistance
reading is 16 ohms.
• Can be read directly at
motor.
11
Drain motor reads 16 ohms between I2.4-
1 & I2.1-1 with door switch closed. Drain
motor operates on 120VAC.
Service
Temp.
Reed switch Soil Sensor Jumper connector
sensor
e3
NTC X1 X2 e0 a1
I4 On/off
door
switch
.6-1 .6-2 .5-7 .5-6 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 I2.9 I2.8 .1-1 1 2
.1-2 3 4
Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 5 6
.7-1
dispenser
.2-1 .2-2 .4-3 .4-4 .4-1 .7-2 .4-2
Water HTCO f5
A2 4 s2 valve
Dispenser Water f1 m2
actuator level
1 2 4 heater r1 Circ.
switch motor
Flow
1Float Drain
switch
switch motor e5 12
m3
Soap cup/Rinse aid dispenser
• Remove wire
connectors from
dispenser.
• Remove by bending
retainer tabs and
pushing inward toward
tank. Protect hand
with towel as edges
are razor sharp.
13
Soap cup/Rinse aid dispenser
• The entire dispenser
will push into
dishwasher tub.
• Replace from inside
taking care to position
O-ring seal and bend
tabs to secure.
14
Troubleshooting dispenser
• Actuator operates on
120VAC.
• Normal resistance is
1600 ohms.
• First actuation opens
soap cup and
repositions arm.
• Second actuation
dispenses rinse aid.
15
Dispenser actuator (wax motor) reads 1600
ohms between I2.2-1 & I2.2-2 and operates on
120VAC.
Service
Temp.
sensor
e3
NTC X1 X2 e0 a1
I4 On/off
door
switch
.6-1 .6-2 .5-7 .5-6 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 I2.9 I2.8 .1-1 1 2
.1-2 3 4
Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 5 6
.7-1
.2-1 .2-2 .4-3 .4-4 .4-1 .7-2 .4-2

Water HTCO f5
A2 4 s2 valve
actuator level
switch motor
Flow
1Float Drain
switch
switch motor e5 16
m3
Troubleshooting dispenser
• Reed switch activates
rinse aid fill light only
when empty.
• Normally open, will
only read continuity
when rinse aid
dispenser is empty.
17
Reed switch reads open between I2.6-1
& I2.6-2 when rinse agent dispenser is
full, closes when empty.
Service
Temp.
sensor
e3
NTC X1 X2 e0 a1
I4 On/off
door
switch
.6-1 .6-2 .5-7 .5-6 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 I2.9 I2.8 .1-1 1 2
.1-2 3 4
Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 5 6
.7-1
dispenser
.2-1 .2-2 .4-3 .4-4 .4-1 .7-2 .4-2
Water HTCO f5
A2 4 s2 valve
actuator level
switch motor
Flow
1Float Drain
switch
switch motor e5 18
m3
HANDS ON
19
Access to control board/dispenser
• To access/remove
control board and
on/off switch, lower
door to horizontal
position, remove six
T-20 screws and
control panel will tilt
down.
20
Access to control board
• Remove 6 T-20
screws.
• 2 are on side of door
liner, 4 facing upwards
• Lift door, tilt control
panel up and outward
to remove.
21
Control board
• Slide control board up
past tabs to remove.
• Plugs are keyed and
will not fit in wrong
position.
• Component checks are
done from control
board plugs.
22
Troubleshooting the control
module.
• Plugs to components are arranged on the

module as shown above.
• Voltage and resistance readings can be taken
from the plugs.
23
MODULE -- I2 Six multi-pin connectors
✔ I2.1…..3 pin wire connector ✔ I2.2…..2 pin wire connector
✔ I2.4…..6 pin wire connector ✔ I2.5…..7 pin wire connector
(two pins not used) (two pins not used)
✔ I2.6…..2 pin wire ✔ I2.7…..2 pin wire connector

connector
e3
NTC X1 X2 e0 a1
I4
.6-1 .6-2 .5-7 .5-6 5.3 5.2 5.1 .1-1 1 2 N

.1-2 3 4 L1
Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 5 6
.7-1
.2-1 .2-2 .4-3 .4-4 .4-1 .7-2 .4-2
A2 4 s2 f5
f1 m2
1 2 4 r1
1
e6 m3 e5 24
Troubleshooting from the
control board
• Component checks are
done from control
board plugs.
• Plugs are numbered
from the left starting
with I2.1, I2.2, I2.4,
I2.7, I2.6, and I2.5.
25
Troubleshooting the
control board
• I2.1 has 3 wires and
carries input from
door switch (120VAC)
sends voltage to soap
cup actuator
(120VAC)
26
control board
controls the following:
• I2.4-1 120VAC to
drain motor.
• I2.4-2 120VAC to
circulation motor.
• I2.4-3 120VAC to
water level switch.
• I2.4-4 provide neutral
to activate fill valve. 27
control board
monitors reed switch
to activate rinse agent
light.
28
control board
• I2.5 has 2 plugs. The
2 wire plug (I2.5-6
&I2.5-7) receives
input from NTC
sensor.
• The 3 wire plug is for
the soil sensor. (Not
used on DW244
models).
29
On/Off/Door switch
• Switches both neutral
and hot side of line
voltage.
• Door switch is part of
on/off switch and is
activated by actuator
rod from door latch.
• Remove by bending
tab and sliding up.
30
On-Off switch switches neutral, 120VAC input,
and 120VAC output from board. When closed,
read 120VAC between I2.1-1 & I2.1-2, and I2.1-
1 & I2.1-3. Door switch opens neutral (1-2) and
the On-Off switch contacts (3-4 & 5-6)..
Service
Temp.
sensor
e3
NTC X1 X2 e0 a1
I4 On/off
door
switch
.6-1 .6-2 .5-7 .5-6 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 I2.9 I2.8 .1-1 1 2
.1-2 3 4
Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 5 6
.7-1
dispenser
.2-1 .2-2 .4-3 .4-4 .4-1 .7-2 .4-2
Water HTCO f5
A2 4 s2 valve
actuator level
switch motor
Flow
1Float Drain
switch
switch motor e5 31
m3
Door gasket/seal
• Door gasket /seal is
inserted into channel
around top and sides
of tank opening.
• It is a press fit, no
additional sealant is
used.
32
Side panel removal
• Remove T-20 screws
holding side panel
through holes in filler
trims.
• Slide filler strips up
and remove.
33
Side panel removal
• Pull panel outward
from top edge.
• Lift and remove .
• Replace by inserting
bottom edge, and
pushing top edge in
and down.
• Start T-20 screws and
slide filler strips in
place, tighten screws. 34
Water level and float switch
• Fill valve opens, water
fills chamber and tank,
activating water level
switch.
• When switch trips first
time, circulation motor
starts, fill continues.
• When water level
switch trips second
time fill stops. 35
Water level switch reads open between
I2.4-3 & I2.1-3 when idle. It conveys
120VAC to control board when activated.
Service
Temp.
sensor
e3
NTC X1 X2 e0 a1
I4 On/off
door
switch
.6-1 .6-2 .5-7 .5-6 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 I2.9 I2.8 .1-1 1 2
.1-2 3 4
Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 5 6
.7-1
dispenser
.2-1 .2-2 .4-3 .4-4 .4-1 .7-2 .4-2
HTCO f5
A2 4 s2
Dispenser Water f1 Water m2
actuator level
1 2 4
valve heater r1 Circ.
switch motor
Flow
1Float Drain
switch
switch motor e5 36
m3
Fill and float switch
• Float switch is located
to the right or forward
of the fill/flow switch.
• The float switch will
activate the drain
pump for two reasons:
– Overfill condition
– Leakage into the
sump
37
Overfill or leakage into sump causes float
switch to transfer 120VAC to drain motor
and disconnects 120VAC to fill valve.
Service
Temp.
sensor
e3
NTC X1 X2 e0 a1
I4 On/off
door
switch
.6-1 .6-2 .5-7 .5-6 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 I2.9 I2.8 .1-1 1 2
.1-2 3 4
Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 5 6
.7-1
dispenser
.2-1 .2-2 .4-3 .4-4 .4-1 .7-2 .4-2
Water HTCO f5
A2 4 s2 valve
actuator level
switch motor
Flow
1Float Drain
switch
switch motor e5 38
m3
No Water Fill….diagnosed at control console
Check for 120V between .1-1 & .1-2; .1-1 & .1-3;
.1-1 & 6 on On/Off Sw; .1-1 & hot Water Valve Terminal
Check for 120V between .1-2 & neutral Water Valve Terminal;
.1-2 & .4-4Temp.
Reed switch Soil Sensor Jumper
sensor
e3
NTC X1 X2 e0 a1
I4 On/off
door
switch
.6-1 .6-2 .5-7 .5-6 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 I2.9 I2.8 .1-1 1 2
.1-2 3 4
Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 5 6
.7-1
dispenser
.2-1 .2-2 .4-3 .4-4 .4-1 .7-2 .4-2
Water HTCO f5
A2 4 s2 valve
actuator level
switch motor
Flow
1Float Drain
switch
switch motor e5 39
m3
HANDS ON
40
Door removal
• Unplug all electrical
connections from
dispenser.
• Remove condenser
channel.
• Remove control panel
and lay on floor.
41
Door removal
• Remove retainer clips
with small
screwdriver.
• Detach lip seal from
between tank and door
bottom.
• Remove spring cable.
• Lift door up and off
hinge pivot.
42
Door springs
• Door springs are
mounted in a channel
in the molded base.
• Replacement requires
the removal of the
machine from installed
position.
43
Door spring replacement
• Remove cable from
hinge on door.
• Pry spring retainer
from base channel.
• Unhook cable from
spring.
• Replace in opposite
order.
44
Cable replacement
• Remove cable from
door hinge.
• Remove screw holding
hinge bracket to tank.
• Remove 2 screws
holding hinge bracket
to base.
45
Cable replacement
• Lift hinge mount out
of base, rotate cable
roller to release from
hinge mount.
• Insert new cable/roller
assembly, reinsert into
base, and replace
screws.
• Reattach cable to door
hinge. 46
Drain pump cleanout
• Remove coarse filter,
fine filter, and wash
arm.
• Slide retainer clip
aside, lift and remove.
• Remove any foreign
material from sump.
• Reassemble in reverse
order.
47
Drain check valve
• Remove coarse filter,
fine filter, drain pump
cleanout cover.
• Check valve is black
rubber flap valve to
rear of drain sump.
• Remove by lifting out
of slot.
48
Tank Removal
• Remove racks from
interior.
• Remove large strainer
by unscrewing and
lifting.
• Remove fine strainer
by lifting out
49
Tank Removal
• Remove 4 T-20
screws inside tank
sump.
50
Tank Removal
• Unsnap upper arm
supply tube from back
wall of tank.
51
Tank Removal
• Remove T-20 screws
from hinge mounting
bracket. (1 on each
side)
52
Tank Removal
• Remove 2 T-20
screws from rear of
tank.
53
Tank Removal
• Tilt tank up and
remove.
54
HANDS ON
55
Base components
• Soil sensor
• NTC and High temp.
• Circulation pump
• Heater
• Pressure switch
• Capacitor
56
Soil sensor
• Consists of LED (light
emitting diode) and
LDR (light dependent
resistor).
• Samples water clarity
at first fill to set basis.
• Samples again after
first rinse & final rinse
to determine if add’l
rinses necessary. 57
The soil sensor consists of an
LED(light emitting diode) and a LDR
(light dependent resistor). These
work together to test clarity of water
to determine need for add’l rinses.
Service
Temp.
sensor
e3 NTC X1 X2 e0 a1
I4 On/off
door
switch
.6-1 .6-2 .5-7 .5-6 I2.9 I2.8 .1-1 1 2

.5-3 .5-2 .5-1
.1-2 3 4
Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 5 6
.7-1
dispenser
.2-1 .2-2 .4-8 .4-3 .4-4 .4-1 .7-2 .4-2
Water HTCO f5
A2 4 s2 valve
actuator level
switch motor
Flow
1Float Drain
switch
switch motor e5 58
m3
Thermostat Sub-assembly
• Contains NTC sensor
to cycle heating
element for high temp
washing/rinse.
approx. 50K ohms @
room temperature.
• Resistance decreases
as temp. increases.
59
The temp. sensor reads 50,000 ohms
at room temperature. It is a NTC
(negative temp. coefficient) and the
resistance decreases as temp
increases.
Service
Temp.
sensor
e3
NTC X1 X2 e0 a1
I4 On/off
door
switch
.6-1 .6-2 .5-7 .5-6 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 I2.9 I2.8 .1-1 1 2
.1-2 3 4
Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 5 6
.7-1
dispenser
.2-1 .2-2 .4-3 .4-4 .4-1 .7-2 .4-2
Water HTCO f5
A2 4 s2 valve
actuator level
switch motor
Flow
1Float Drain
switch
switch motor e5 60
m3
Diagnosing the Temperature Sensor (Step 1)
1) Measure resistance between .5-7 & .5-6
2) Should read approximately 50,000 OHMs at 75
degrees ambient. If open, replace sensor.
Service
Temp.
sensor
e3
NTC X1 X2 e0 a1
I4 On/off
door
switch
.6-1 .6-2 .5-7 .5-6 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 I2.9 I2.8 .1-1 1 2
.1-2 3 4
Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 5 6
.7-1
dispenser
.2-1 .2-2 .4-3 .4-4 .4-1 .7-2 .4-2
Water HTCO f5
A2 4 s2 valve
actuator level
switch motor
Flow
1Float Drain
switch
switch motor e5 61
m3
Diagnosing the Temperature Sensor (Step2)
1) If approximate value is read, add about 1 1/2
gallons of hot water from sink tap
2) If sensor is good, resistance values should drop
Service
Temp.
sensor
e3
NTC X1 X2 e0 a1
I4 On/off
door
switch
.6-1 .6-2 .5-7 .5-6 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 I2.9 I2.8 .1-1 1 2
.1-2 3 4
Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 5 6
.7-1
dispenser
.2-1 .2-2 .4-3 .4-4 .4-1 .7-2 .4-2
Water HTCO f5
A2 4 s2 valve
actuator level
switch motor
Flow
1Float Drain
switch
switch motor e5 62
m3
Thermostat Sub-assembly
• Contained in the same
housing, the
temperature sensor
also contains HTCO
(bimetal) to disconnect
heater at 185 degrees.
• The HTCO is wired in
series with heating
element.
63
Water Heater Circuit
• 1200 watt heater
• Heater is concealed in
pump housing.
• Heater is disabled
when circulation pump
is not running by
action of flow switch.
64
• 1200 watt heater
12 ohms.
• Must be read directly
due to action of flow
switch.
65
HTC opens at 185 Degrees
1200W heater,
Heater measures 12 ohms (read at heater only)
Float switch activated by action of circulation pump
Service
Temp.
sensor
e3
NTC X1 X2 e0 a1
I4 On/off
door
switch
.6-1 .6-2 .5-7 .5-6 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 I2.9 I2.8 .1-1 1 2
.1-2 3 4
Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 5 6
.7-1
dispenser
.2-1 .2-2 .4-3 .4-4 .4-1 .7-2 .4-2
Water HTCO f5
A2 4 s2 valve
actuator level
switch motor
Flow
1Float Drain
switch
switch motor e5 66
m3
DIAGNOSING HEATER CIRCUIT (Step 1)
1) Put dishwasher into the heat cycle (Pots & Pans cycle…shortly
after the first fill)
2) Check for 120VAC at .7-2 on control module
3) If no output voltage, change the control module
Service
Temp.
sensor
e3
NTC X1 X2 e0 a1
I4 On/off
door
switch
.6-1 .6-2 .5-7 .5-6 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 I2.9 I2.8 .1-1 1 2
.1-2 3 4
Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 5 6
.7-1
dispenser
.2-1 .2-2 .4-3 .4-4 .4-1 .7-2 .4-2
Water HTCO f5
A2 4 s2 valve
actuator level
switch motor
Flow
1Float Drain
switch
switch motor e5 67
m3
1) Remove the dishwasher from the installed position

2) Remove the right side panel
3) Remove yellow molex plug at terminal block
Service
Temp.
sensor
e3
NTC X1 X2 e0 a1
I4 On/off
door
switch
.6-1 .6-2 .5-7 .5-6 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 I2.9 I2.8 .1-1 1 2
.1-2 3 4
Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 5 6
.7-1
dispenser
.2-1 .2-2 .4-3 .4-4 .4-1 .7-2 .4-2
Water HTCO f5
A2 4 s2 valve
actuator level
switch motor
Flow
1Float Drain
switch
switch motor e5 68
m3
1) Check for continuity through the 185 degree T-stat

2) Read between the lower portion of the molex plug and the left
terminal on the heater.
Service
Temp.
sensor
e3
NTC X1 X2 e0 a1
I4 On/off
door
switch
.6-1 .6-2 .5-7 .5-6 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 I2.9 I2.8 .1-1 1 2
.1-2 3 4
Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 5 6
.7-1
dispenser
.2-1 .2-2 .4-3 .4-4 .4-1 .7-2 .4-2
Water HTCO f5
A2 4 s2 valve
actuator level
switch motor
Flow
1Float Drain
switch
switch motor e5 69
m3
1) Check for approximately 12 OHMS across the heater
Service
Temp.
sensor
e3
NTC X1 X2 e0 a1
I4 On/off
door
switch
.6-1 .6-2 .5-7 .5-6 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 I2.9 I2.8 .1-1 1 2
.1-2 3 4
Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 5 6
.7-1
dispenser
.2-1 .2-2 .4-3 .4-4 .4-1 .7-2 .4-2
Water HTCO f5
A2 4 s2 valve
actuator level
switch motor
Flow
1Float Drain
switch
switch motor e5 70
m3
1) Check the flow switch….With no water or circulation motor

operation, the circuit should be open;
2) Remove the flow switch and depress the actuator. Continuity
should be read. Service
Temp.
sensor
e3
NTC X1 X2 e0 a1
I4 On/off
door
switch
.6-1 .6-2 .5-7 .5-6 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 I2.9 I2.8 .1-1 1 2
.1-2 3 4
Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 5 6
.7-1
dispenser
.2-1 .2-2 .4-3 .4-4 .4-1 .7-2 .4-2
Water HTCO f5
A2 4 s2 valve
actuator level
switch motor
Flow
1Float Drain
switch
switch motor e5 71
m3
Circulation pump/motor and cap.
• To remove
pump/motor assembly,
lift, depress tabs and
rotate clockwise.
• Pump and motor are
separate parts.
• To remove pump from
motor, lock motor
with finger, and
unscrew pump. 72
Circulation pump/motor and cap.
• Motor is 120VAC
capacitor start.
13.5 ohms between 1
and 2 on motor, or
I2.1-1 and I2.4-2 on
control board.
73
Circulation motor reads 13.5 ohms between
I2.4-2 & I2.1-1. Circulation motor operates
on 120VAC.
Service
Temp.
sensor
e3
NTC X1 X2 e0 a1
I4 On/off
door
switch
.6-1 .6-2 .5-7 .5-6 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 I2.9 I2.8 .1-1 1 2
.1-2 3 4
Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 5 6
.7-1
dispenser
.2-1 .2-2 .4-3 .4-4 .4-1 .7-2 .4-2
Water HTCO f5
A2 4 s2 valve
actuator level
switch motor
Flow
1Float Drain
switch
switch motor e5 74
m3
HANDS ON
75
THATS ALL FOLKS
76
Cycle Sequence detail
*Drain pump runs for 15 seconds and stops.

Pre-rinse
*Fill valve opens and fills sump.
Pre-wash 125F *Soil sensor samples water for clarity.
Wash 161F *Water level switch closes first time.

*Circulation pump starts, fill continues.
Rinse
*Water level switch closes second time.
*Fill valve closes.
Second Rinse
*Circulation pump runs for 9 minutes and
Rinse aid 161F
stops.
*Soil sensor samples water (if too dirty go to
Drying
pre-wash cycle, if OK go to wash cycle).
77
*Drain pump runs for 30 seconds and stops.

Pre-rinse
*Water level switch closes first time.
Pre-wash 125F *Circulation pump starts, fill continues.
Wash 161F *Heater circuit is activated.

Rinse
*Fill valve closes.
*Heater raises water to 125F and washes for 9
Second Rinse
minutes.
Rinse aid 161F

*Circulation pump stops.
*Drain pump runs for 30 seconds.
Drying
78

Pre-rinse
Pre-wash 125F *Circulation pump starts.
Wash 161F *Heater circuit activated, fill continues.

Rinse
*Fill valve closes.
*Actuator opens soap cup, repositions arm.
Second Rinse
*Heater raise water temp. to 161F and wash
Rinse aid 161F
continues for 9 minutes.
Drying *Drain pump runs for 30 seconds.
79

Pre-rinse
Wash 161F *Water level switch closes second time.

*Fill valve closes.
Rinse
*Circulation pump runs for 9 minutes.
*Soil sensor samples water (if too dirty go to
Second Rinse
second rinse, if OK go to rinse aid cycle)
Rinse aid 161F

Drying
80
Pre-rinse *Fill valve opens and fills sump.

Pre-wash 125F
*Circulation pump starts, fill continues.
*Fill valve closes.
Rinse
*Circulation pump runs for 9 minutes.
Second Rinse *Circulation pump stops.
Rinse aid 161F
Drying
81

Pre-rinse

*Fill valve closes.
Rinse
*Actuator dispenses rinse aid.
*Heater raise water temp. to 161F.
Second Rinse
*Circulation pump runs for 9 minutes and
Rinse aid 161F
stops.
*Drain pump runs for 30 seconds and stops. .
Drying
82
Unit is idle for 11 minutes for condensation

Pre-rinse
drying to take place.
Pre-wash 125F
Dishes retain heat from high temperature
rinse better than tank of dishwasher, so
Wash 161F moisture will migrate to dishwasher tank,
condensing and gathering in the sump.
Rinse
Second Rinse
Rinse aid 161F
Drying
83
DISHWASHER
LAVE-VAISSELLE
LAVADORA DE PLATOS
SHV4800,4300
SHI 6800,4300
SHU 6800,5300,
9900,4300,3300,
3030
Cycle Countdown
On/Off Power Scrub Regular Delicate/ Quick Rinse Refill

Scrub Wash Wash Econo Wash & Hold Rinse
Plus Agent On /Off
High Regular Rinse
Temp Temp &
Wash Wash Hold
Power Scrub
Rinse Regular
& Hold Wash
Delay Top
Start Rack Power Temp.Options
Power Hours Only Cancel
Drain
Cycles
Use and Care

Manual Guide d’utilisation
et d’entretien Manual de
uso y cuidado
HOUSEHOLD UTILISATION USO
USE ONLY DOMESTIQUE DOMESTICO
SEULEMENT ÚNICAMENTE
56 02 03 20 86 (8007)
CONGRATULATIONS!
Congratulations, and Thank You from BOSCH
for selecting your dishwasher. You have joined the many

consumers who demand quiet and exceptional perfor-
mance from their dishwashers. This manual was writ-
ten with your safety and convenience in mind and the
information contained herein is very important. We, at
BOSCH, highly recommend that you read this manual
prior to using your dishwasher for the first time. As an
added convenience, a glossary of BOSCH DISH-
WASHER FEATURES DESCRIPTIONS has been
added to this manual so you can truly understand and
appreciate the philosophy put into this exceptional prod-
uct.
For even more information, visit our website at

www.boschappliances.com to learn about your
dishwasher as well as many other top quality Bosch
appliances.
Enjoy!
www.boschappliances.com ENGLISH - 1
UNIQUE FEATURES
UNIQUE FEATURES OF YOUR BOSCH DISHWASHER

STAINLESS STEEL INTERIOR
• Improves Drying Performance
• Resists Staining/Odors
• Lifetime Warranty (see details on last page of manual)
TRIPLE FILTER SYSTEM

• 100% of the Wash Water is Filtered Before it Touches Your Dishes
• “Large Object Trap” Prevents Undesirable Objects from Damaging the Pump System
IN LINE FLOW THROUGH WATER HEATER (BOSCH FlowThroughHeater™)

• Temperatures in excess of 160°F kill harmful germs while dissolving hard to remove
fats and soils
• Eliminates an exposed heater element that can damage items that fall from the rack
• Creates More Interior Space (BOSCH Tall Tub™)
• Flexibility to Load Dishwasher Safe Items in Upper or Lower Rack
LOW NOISE SYSTEM (BOSCH AVS II ™)

• Vibration Isolated Pump System Reduces Annoying Noises (BOSCH Suspension
Motor™)
• Triple Insulation Creates the BOSCH AVS II Silence Rating
• Side Panels Encapsulate Noise
• Separate Pump Systems, one for washing and one for draining, improve efficiency
and reduce noise
• Toe Kick Sound Shield on the SHU 6800 series results in unbelievable sound
performance (Bosch Sound Seal™)
RACKS
• Tall Tub Allows Use of 10” Plates in the Upper Rack and 12” in the Lower Rack
• Extra Tall Item Sprinkler Allows Removal of the Upper Rack and Washing of
Items up to 22” Tall
• 12 Place Loading Capacity
SAFETY
• Side Panels Enclose All Electrical Connections and Conserve Energy
• Water Shutoff Device, Stops the Flow of Incoming Water when it is Detected Under
the Dishwasher
• Child Proof Cycle Selection - Cycle Selection Buttons Must be Pressed Twice to
Change the Settings
PRESSURE CONTROLLED FILLING SYSTEM

• Water Consumption is Reduced When Washing Small Loads
• Water Fill Levels Are Consistent Over Various Water Pressures
• Improved Accuracy Over Time Filled Systems
DUAL PUMP SYSTEM

• Single Direction Main Pump is More Reliable
• Improved Main Motor Efficiency
DETERGENT and RINSE AID DISPENSER

• Sliding Detergent Cup Lid Prevents Blockage
• Adjustable Rinse Aid Dispenser for Improved Performance in Various Water
Conditions
2 - ENGLISH www.boschappliances.com
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Important Safety Instructions 4
Dishwasher Components 5
Materials Chart 6
Loading the Dishwasher 7-9
Adding Detergent 10
Adding Rinse Agent 11
Identifying Dishwasher Controls 12

Selecting a Wash Cycle 13-15
Interrupting, Changing or Cancelling A Cycle 16
Unloading the Dishwasher 17
Special Features 18-19

Care and Cleaning 20-21
Self Help 22
Models Features 23
Features Descriptions 24
Customer Service 25
Warranty 26
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
WARNING
WARNING — When using your dishwasher, basic safety precautions should
always be followed to reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and/or injury to
persons, including the following:
1. Bosch dishwashers are provided with two manuals; one, Installation Instruction
Manual and one, Use and Care Manual. Read all instructions before using the
dishwasher.
2. Use the dishwasher only for its intended function.
3. Use only detergents or wetting agents recommended for use in a dishwasher and
keep them out of the reach of children.
4. When loading items to be washed:
a. Locate sharp items so that they are not likely to damage the door seal; and
b. Load sharp knives with the handle up to reduce the risk of cut-type injuries.
5. Do not wash plastic items unless marked “dishwasher safe” or the equivalent. For
plastic items not so marked, check the manufacturer’s recommendations.
6. Do not touch the heating element during or immediately after use.
7. Do not operate your dishwasher unless all the enclosure panels are properly in
place.
8. Do not tamper with controls.
9. Do not abuse, sit on, or stand on the door or dish rack of the dishwasher.
10.To reduce the risk of injury, do not allow children to play in or on the dishwasher.
11.Under certain conditions, hydrogen gas may be produced in a hot water system
that has not been used for two weeks or more. Hydrogen gas is explosive. If the
hot water system has not been used for such a period, before using the dishwasher
turn on all hot water faucets and let the water flow from each for several minutes.
This will release any accumulated hydrogen gas. As the gas is flammable, do not
smoke or use an open flame during this time.
12.Remove the door to the washing compartment when removing an old dishwasher
from service or discarding.
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS !
GROUNDING INSTRUCTIONS
This appliance must be connected to a grounded metal, permanent wiring system, or an equip-
ment grounding conductor must be run with the circuit conductors and connected to the equip-
ment grounding terminal or lead on the dishwasher.
WARNING — This dishwasher must be grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code
and/or local codes. Make sure this dishwasher has been properly grounded and installed by a
qualified installer before using.
DISHWASHER COMPONENTS
Figure 1, below, identifies the components of your dishwasher, and shows the page number(s)
in this manual on which more information about the component is available. Familiarize
yourself with the various parts of your dishwasher before you attempt to wash the first load
of dishes.
1
8
10
5
6
3
Figure 1
Components: Page Number:

1. Door gasket Pg. 21
2. Detergent Dispenser Pg. 10
3. Filters (3) Pg. 20
4. Model and Serial Number Label Pg. 25
5. Lower Rack Pg. 9
6. Lower Spray Arm Pg. 21
7. Rinser Agent Dispenser Pg. 11
8. Silverware Baskets (2) Pg. 9
9. Upper Rack Pg. 8
10. Upper Spray Arm Pg. 21
MATERIALS CHART
Important: Before you wash anything in the dishwasher, check the materials chart
shown below in Table 1. Some materials are not dishwasher-safe and should be
hand-washed. Others require special loading considerations. Before washing any
dishware or cookware, contact the manufacturer of the material to confirm that it
is dishwasher-safe.
Materials Chart
MATERIAL DISHWASHER USE COMMENTS AND/OR SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
ACRYLIC NOT Crazing may occur.
RECOMMENDED
ADHESIVE NOT Items joined by adhesives, whether plastic, wood,
JOINED ITEMS RECOMMENDED bone,steel, copper or tin, etc. may be loosened.
ALUMINUM USUALLY SAFE Colored anodized aluminum may fade over time.
Minerals in the water may cause spotting or
darkening of aluminum. This can usually be re-
moved by scouring with a soap filled steel wool pad.
BONE HANDLED NOT Handles may separate.
UTENSILS RECOMMENDED
CHINA, CRYSTAL, USUALLY SAFE Decorated china, stoneware, and crystal that is
& STONEWARE hand-painted or trimmed may discolor, fade, or spot.
You should hand-wash these items. Position fragile
glassware so that it will not topple over or come in
contact with other dishes during the wash cycle. If
you are not sure whether a particular item is dish
washer safe, contact the dish manufacturer.
GLASS USUALLY SAFE Milk glass may yellow.
IRON NOT Iron will rust. Wash by hand and dry immediately.
RECOMMENDED
NON- NOT The Bosch dishwasher is only intended for use in
DISHWARE ITEMS RECOMMENDED cleaning standard household dishware items.
NON-STICK USUALLY SAFE After drying the non-stick coating should be covered
COATINGS with a light coating of vegetable oil.
PEWTER, BRASS, NOT Pewter will tarnish. Wash by hand and dry
& BRONZE RECOMMENDED immediately.
PLASTIC USUALLY SAFE Wash only “dishwasher-safe” plastics. Decorated
plastics may fade.
STAINLESS USUALLY SAFE Do not let stainless steel items contact copper,
STEEL sterling silver, silverplate, or dissimilar metal items.
STERLING SILVER USUALLY SAFE Do not let sterling silver or silverplate items come
& SILVERPLATE in contact with dissimilar metal items.
TIN NOT Tin will rust. Wash by hand and dry immediately.
RECOMMENDED
WOOD NOT Wooden bowls, wooden utensils and wood handled
RECOMMENDED utensils can warp, crack, or lose their finish.
Table 1
LOADING THE DISHWASHER
Bottom Rack
Pre-Load Preparation
AHAM DW-1 -12 Place Setting

• Remove large particles of food from the
dishes before food has a chance to dry, but
rinsing is not necessary.
Food soils will actually enhance

the detergent’s performance.
• Use the Rinse & Hold cycle if waiting an ex-

tended period of time before washing.
• Pre-soak and hand-scour pots and pans with Figure 2
burned-on or blackened food.
• Do not place foreign objects, such as
toothpicks, paper products, plastic
bags, or packaging materials, into the Top Rack
dishwasher!
AHAM DW-1 -12 Place Setting

Before loading the dish-
washer, review the material
chart provided on Page 6.
General Loading Tips

• Load dishwasher so water can circulate freely
and reach every part of item.
• Do not allow delicate items to touch - they Figure 3
could be damaged.
• Place items upside down - so water does not
collect inside of them.
• Place items so that nothing protrudes through
the bottom of the racks - this could block the Bottom Rack
rotation of the spray arms.
Loading the Bottom Rack

Place large and/or heavily soiled items in the bot-
tom rack of the dishwasher. Load heavily soiled
pots and pans face down, as shown in Figure 4.
For larger items, fold down the rear tines on the
bottom rack. When in the down position, they
can hold extra large utensils, such as serving Figure 4
spoons or large knives.
Rack attachment is available in some models.
Loading the Top Rack
Top Rack Adjustment

The top rack height of the Bosch dishwash-
ers is adjustable (in most models.) There is an
upper and lower position for the top rack which is
used to accomodate items with different heights.
Cup Shelves
• Flip down cup shelves.
• Place glasses upside down with stems
Figure 5
resting in the “V” of the shelves.
How to Adjust the Top Rack

1. Pull out (empty) top rack to the point where
it can be lifted upward.
2. Pull the rack outward and up until rollers Figure 6
are completely free of channels.
3. Reinsert the rack with the other set of roll-
ers on the channel.
Figure 7
8" 10"
14" 12"
Figure 8
Upper Position Lower Position
Max. height (on top)8” Max. height (on top)10”
Max. height (on bottom)14” Max. height (on bottom)12”
Large
Loading the Silverware Basket(s) Small
All Bosch dishwashers have a large silverware bas-
ket in the bottom rack. Those models with the
TOP RACK ONLY feature have a an additional up-
per small silverware basket.
For personal safety and a top quality clean, place
the silverware in the baskets: Figure 10a
• so that they do not nest together.
• place silverware with handles-down, but
Below is an example of a silverware
• place knives and other potentially danger- loading pattern that prevents nesting.
ous utensils handles-up.
Caution: Always
load sharp utensils
with the sharp
point down !
NESTING
SILVERWARE
Figure 9
Figure 11
Figure 10b
Large Silverware Basket with Lid

Some models have a large silverware basket with a
lid. The lid prevents nesting of silverware, To use,
first fold the basket lids down (snap in place), then
load silverware. Refer to figures 11 and 12 for rec-
ommended silverware loading.
Figure 12
ADDING DETERGENT
For the best washing re-

Selecting the Right Detergent sults it is important to use
Use only fresh dishwashing detergent (powder is the correct type and
amount of detergent and
recommended). Use of other types of detergents
rinse agent.
can result in excessive suds. Concentrated de-
tergents usually call for lower usage than standard
detergents.
Detergent Dispenser Cover
Filling the
Detergent Dispenser
1. Locate the detergent dispenser on the inside
door of the dishwasher (see Figure 1). Release Tab
Figure 13
2. Open the detergent dispenser cover by push-
ing the release tab.
3. Fill dispenser. Measure the amount of deter
gent to use based on the cycle selected and
the water hardness (see chart below).
45
4. Close dispenser. With fingers on arrow, slide 25
15
cover over the detergent chamber and press
down on the arrow until it clicks shut.
Figure 14
The detergent will be dis-

pensed automatically during Important: Too much detergent
combined with soft water may
the wash portion of the cycle.
cause etching of glassware.
Recommended Detergent Usage
WASH CYCLE
Power
WATER Scrub Scrub Regular Delicate/ Quick Rinse &
TYPE Plus Wash Wash Economy Wash Hold
Hard 45 ml 45 ml 25-45 ml 25 ml 15-25 ml None
Medium 45 ml 25-45 ml 25 ml 15-25 ml 15 ml None
Soft 25-45 ml 25 ml 15-25 ml 15 ml 15 ml None

Table 2
ADDING RINSE AGENT
Rinse Agent TO ADJUST RINSE

Rinse agent, or a rinse aid, is used to provide AGENT REGULATOR
SETTING:
optimum drying results and diminish water spot-
ting. Always use a rinse agent with the Bosch 1. OPEN THE COVER
dishwasher to insure proper drying results. It OF THE RINSE AGENT
DISPENSER.
rinses the dishware and also rinses the internal
parts of the dishwasher. 2.TURN THE SETTING
INDICATOR TO THE
DESIRED SETTING.
To Fill the Rinse Agent Reservoir: Figure 15

1. Open the dishwasher door fully.
2. Open the cover of the rinse agent dispenser by
pressing the star on the cover with your index Note: Refill rinse agent when
finger while pulling on the tab with your thumb. the level indicator shows a silver
background with black lines.
3. Add rinse agent to the reservoir until the level
indicator turns dark, indicating that the reservoir
is full (capacity is approx. 3.5 oz.).
Rinse agent level indicator
Rinse Agent
Dispenser Regulator
The rinse agent reservoir of the Bosch dishwasher is
provided with a regulator calibrated from 1 to 6. (See Figure 16
Figure 15.) This regulator controls the amount of
rinse agent dispensed. The dishwasher leaves the
factory preset to 4. However, Rinse agent is available in liq-
• if you see streaks, you should turn the uid or solid form. Only use the
liquid type of rinse agent in
regulator to a lower number.
the Bosch dishwasher.
• if you see water spots, you should turn
the regulator to a higher number.
Rinse Agent Indicator Light

Some models are equipped with an additional rinse
aid indicator light on the control panel. When the
rinse agent dispenser is empty, the indicator light will
glow and the level indicator will show a silver back-
ground with black lines.
After filling the rinse agent dispenser, close the door Figure 17
and wait a few minutes for the indicator light to reg-
ister.
BOSCH DISHWASHER CONTROLS
Figure 18, below, is an illustration of the control panels for the various dishwasher models.
On
Off
Cancel Drain
SHV 4800
SHV 4300
On
Off Clean Cancel Drain
SHU 9900
On
Off Clean Cancel Drain
SHU 6800
On / Off
CycleCountdown Refill
Power Scrub Regular Delicate/ Quick Rinse &
88
Rinse
Scrub Wash Wash Econo Wash Hold Agent
Plus
&
SHI 6800 Power Delay
Start
Top
Rack Cancel
Hours Only Drain
Cycle Countdown
On / Off Power Scrub Regular Delicate/ Rinse Refill
88
Scrub Wash Wash Econo & Hold Rinse
Plus Agent
SHU 5300
Delay
Power Start Cancel
Hours Drain
Cycle
On / Off Countdown Power Regular Delicate/ Rinse &
Hold Refill
Scrub Wash Econo Rinse
88
Plus Agent
SHU 4300
Cancel
Drain
Power
On / Off Power Regular Rinse

Clean Scrub Wash & Hold
Plus
SHU 3300
Power Cancel
Drain
On /Off
High Regular Rinse
Temp Temp &
Wash Wash Hold
Power Scrub
SHU 3030 Rinse

& Hold
Regular
Wash
Temp.Options
Cycles
Figure 18
CYCLE SELECTION CHARTS
Cycle Selection Chart Bosch Dishwashers

(other than SHU 3030)
TYPE OF
NON-
DISHWARE MIXED DELICATE MIXED
DELICATE
AMOUNT OF A A VERY
A LOT A LOT LITTLE LITTLE
FOOD REMAINS LITTLE
CONDITIONOF
STUCK ON HARD LOOSELY ATTACHED
FOOD REMAINS
WASH CYCLE
POWER SCRUB REGULAR DELICATE/ QUICK RINSE &
SCRUB WASH WASH ECONOMY WASH HOLD
PLUS
CYCLE SEQUENCE
Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-rinse
Wash Wash Wash Wash

Pre-wash
150°F 140°F 140°F 104°F
Wash First
Rinse Rinse Rinse
161°F Rinse
First Second Rinse-aid Rinse-aid Rinse-aid

Rinse Rinse 161°F 155°F 140°F
Second Rinse-aid Drying Drying Drying

Rinse 161°F
Rinse-aid
161°F Drying
Drying
Duration
in minutes 91 80 91 72 29 9
Water consumption
in gallons 7.1 6.0 5.4 3.6 2.7 1.2
Water consumption
in liters 26.9 22.7 20.4 13.6 10.2 4.5
Table 3
The Bosch models featuring Sensotronic™ will reduce water consumption by approximately 20%, if
the dishes are lightly soiled. For models with Top Rack Only™, water consumption is reduced approxi-
mately 30% when using the feature. Shown above are the average values that may be obtained while
running the dishwasher under normal conditions. Actual values may vary.The actual cycle duration,
water and energy usage are dependent upon inlet water temperature.
CYCLE SELECTION CHARTS
Cycle Selection Chart for SHU 3030

TYPE OF NON-
DISHWARE MIXED DELICATE MIXED
DELICATE
AMOUNT OF A A VERY
A LOT A LOT LITTLE
FOOD REMAINS LITTLE LITTLE
CONDITIONOF
STUCK ON HARD LOOSELY ATTACHED
FOOD REMAINS
WASH CYCLE POWER POWER REGULAR REGULAR

SCRUB SCRUB WASH WASH RINSE &
(High (Regular (High (Regular HOLD
Temp.Wash) Temp.Wash) Temp.Wash) Temp.Wash)
CYCLE SEQUENCE Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-rinse

one one Pre-rinse
Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-wash Pre-wash

two two
Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Wash Wash

three three 151°F 135°F
Pre-wash Pre-wash Rinse Rinse
Wash Wash Rinse-aid Rinse-aid

151°F 135°F 151°F 151°F
Rinse Rinse Drying Drying
Rinse-aid Rinse-aid
151°F 151°F
Drying Drying
Duration
in minutes 127 119 98 90 9
Water consumption
in gallons 8.9 8.9 6.5 6.5 1.19
Water consumption
in liters 33.75 33.75 25.35 25.35 4.5
Table 4
Note: On the SHU 3030, when you select “Rinse & Hold” on the “Start and Run Knob”, you must
also select “Rinse & Hold” on the “Temp. Options” button. If not, the unit will go into heat delay,
which will cause an extended run time.
Soap should not be used with the “Rinse & Hold” cycle.
SELECTING A WASH CYCLE
The dishwasher will wash and dry the contents based

on cycle selection made. Refer to Tables 3 y 4: Wash
Note: All indicator lights will
Cycle Selection Chart to select the most appropriate remain illuminated until the on/
cycle for the wash load. off switch is pressed or the door
Follow these steps to select a cycle and start the is opened.
dishwasher:
SHU/SHI Models:
1. Close the dishwasher door, making sure
that door latches are closed.
2. Press the on/off switch.
Various Model Types
3. Select the button for the program de
sired.*
4. The dishwasher will start automatically SHU/SHI
and continue to the end of the selected On / Off
CycleCountdown Refill
cycle.
Power Scrub Regular Delicate/ Quick Rinse &
88
Rinse
Scrub Wash Wash Econo Wash Hold Agent
Plus
5. At the end of the cycle the dishwasher Power Delay

Start
Hours
Top
Rack
Only
Cancel
Drain
will stop and either the “Clean” light will

Figure 19
become illuminated, the LED display will
show“CL” or “00”, or the dishwasher will
beep. SHV & SHU 9900
SHV & SHU 9900 Models:
On
Off
1. Open dishwasher door. Cancel Drain
2. Press the on/off switch. Figure 20

3. Push the button once for the program
desired.
4. Close door until it latches and the pro-
gram will begin.
5. Same as #5 above.
VARIOUS END OF
CYCLE INDICATORS
Push the desired button TWO TIMES * Clean light illuminates
if another program button is lit up. * CL or 00 is displayed on the LED.
* Cycle Completion Beeper sounds off
(SHU 9900 models only)
INTERRUPTING, CHANGING OR CANCELLING A CYCLE
Cycle Interruption
As a safety feature the dishwasher will automatically WARNING
DO NOT PULL DOOR
turn itself off whenever the door is opened. However,
FULLY OPEN WHILE
if the door is opened quickly while in a wash or rinse
DISHWASHER IS IN OP-
cycle some water may splash out of the dishwasher. ERATION. QUICKLY OPENING
For this reason it is recommended that the machine THE DOOR WHILE DISH-
always be switched off before opening the door. WASHER IS IN OPERATION
COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS
SCALDING.
To Interrupt a Cycle
1. press the on/off button to stop operation.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds (or until the water noises ON/OFF BUTTON
stop) before opening the door. ON/OFF BUTTON
On / Off
To Resume a Cycle
1. SHU/SHI models, close the door and
press the on/off button. Power
1. SHV models, push the on/off button

and close the door. Figure 21
Changing a Cycle CHANGE CYCLE

To change the cycle selection, press the program
CHANGE CYCLE
button of the desired cycle TWICE. The chosen cycle
button (or the light above it) becomes illuminated,
Cycle
Countdown Power Regular Delicate/ Rinse &
Scrub Wash Econo Hold
88
Plus
showing that it has been selected.

* SHU 3030 models do not have program lights
Cancelling a Cycle Cancel

Drain
Each control panel shows which buttons to simulta-

neously push to cancel a cycle. Refer to your dish- Figure 22
washer to find the cancel drain buttons on your par-
ticular model.
1. Press the indicated buttons at the same CANCEL CYCLE
time and hold for approximately 3 seconds. CANCEL CYCLE
2. When the drain pump noises stop and the Cycle
Countdown Regular Delicate/ Rinse &
LED display or clean light indicate that the

Power
Scrub Wash Econo Hold
88
Plus
end of the cycle has been reached, the dish

washer is reset.
3. Press the on/off button to turn the Cancel
Drain
dishwasher off.
4. The dishwasher is now ready to run a
selected cycle. Add more detergent if Figure 23
necessary.
UNLOADING THE DISHWASHER
Unloading
When unloading the dishwasher always unload
the lower rack first and then unload the upper
rack. This will minimize the chance of water drops
from the upper rack falling on the dishes in the
lower rack. The silverware basket(s) of the Bosch
dishwasher can be removed for easy unloading.
The dishware tends to get hot immediately fol-

lowing a completed cycle. If the door is opened
slightly for a few minutes before unloading, the
dishes will cool more quickly.
Figure 24
Condensation Drying
The combination of a high final rinse tempera-
ture, the tub’s cool stainless steel interior, and
the sheeting action of a Rinse Agent result in ef-
fective and efficient drying. The closed conden-
sation drying feature is hygienic, and saves en-
ergy and money. For best drying results, it is
important that the Rinse Aid Dispenser be kept
full.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Please refer to the (pg. 23, Table 6) features chart to determine which special features
your particular model dishwasher has.
Delayed Start
DELAY START BUTTON
On a few Bosch dishwashers, the start of the wash-
ing cycle can be delayed for up to 9 hours in 1-
Cycle Countdown
Power Scrub Regular Delicate/ Rinse Refill
1h
Scrub Wash Wash Econo & Hold Rinse
Plus Agent
hour increments. Follow these steps to delay the

start of a wash cycle:
Delay
Delay
Start
Start
Hours
Cancel
Drain
Hours
1. Close the door of the dishwasher securely

until the latches snap shut.
Figure 25
2. Press the on/off button. The indicator
light for the cycle that was last selected
illuminates.
3. Immediately press the timer button la-
beled DELAY-START-HOURS and the LED
display will show “1h”.
4. Press the DELAY-START-HOURS button as
many times as necessary until the LED The cycle can be changed at
display shows the desired num- any time during the delay.
ber of hours. (Ex: 1h, 2h, 3h...).
The Top Rack Only™ Cycle

Some BOSCH models have a Top Rack Only cycle
that saves energy and water when you have only
a small load of dishes. Also, you’ll use less deter-
gent for the Top Rack Only cycle. The washing
time, however, is not reduced.
The upper rack of the dishwasher has been de-

signed with flexibility in mind. You can load glasses,
cups, plates, bowls and small pots in many differ-
ent positions to fit your needs. Figure 26 shows a Figure 26
typical mixed load placed correctly in the upper
rack for the Top Rack Only cycle.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Cycle Completion Signal
(SHU 9900 models)
At the end of a wash cycle, the beeper will sound
off two times, and again every 15 minutes until the
dishwasher is turned off.
To Enable or Disable the Cycle Completion Signal
1. Open the door, hold down the “Quick Wash”
button and simultaneously turn the Dishwasher on.
The “Quick Wash” light will blink (program mode).
2. While the light is still blinking, push the “Quick
Wash” button.
• If the machine beeps, then the Cycle
Completion Signal has been enabled.
• When you push the button again and it
doesn’t beep, it means that the Cycle
Completion Signal has been disabled. Figure 27
3. Turn the Dishwasher off to take it out of
program mode.
Accomodating
Extra Tall Items Note: Be sure to remove the
If you have extra tall items that cannot fit in the bot- Extra Tall Item Sprinkler be-
tom rack without interfering with the upper spray fore you reinstall the top rack,
arm or without hitting the top rack (max. height 22”), otherwise the door could be-
you can remove the upper rack. A special acces- come damaged and not close
sory, the Extra Tall Item Sprinkler, lets you run the properly.
dishwasher with top rack removed. See Figures 27
and 28.
Installing “Extra Tall
Item Sprinkler”
1. With top rack empty, remove it from the dish-
washer by pulling the rack toward you to the
point where you can lift it up and out, dis-
engaging the wheels from the side rails.
2. Place the “Extra Tall Item Sprinkler” over the

top rack spray outlet at the back of the dish-
washer tub and turn it clockwise to lock the
sprinkler head in place. See Figure 28.
3. Place the extra tall items in the bottom rack

for washing, as shown in Figure 27. To
remove the Extra Tall Item Sprinkler, turn it Figure 28
counterclockwise and pull it out. Then replace
the top rack.
CARE AND CLEANING
General Maintenance
Certain areas of your Bosch Dishwasher require peri- Triple Filter System
odic owner inspection. The following maintenance
tasks can be performed to help assure top perfor-
1. Large Object Trap
mance:
• Check the Large Object Trap *
• Check the Wash Arms 2. Micro Filter
• Clean Stainless Steel Inner Door
• Clean Door Panel
3. Fine Filter
(Stainless Steel or Colored)
• Clean the Door Gasket
These tasks are described in subsequent sections. Figure 29
Clean Filters
Under normal use, the filter system
is self-cleaning. The purpose of the
Large Object Trap is to help prevent
undesirable objects such as bones, Turn left to loosen (counter-clockwise)
glass, straws and toothpicks from and right to tighten (clock-wise).
damaging the pump system. Items
such as these should be removed
fromthe Large Object Trap.
* Bosch dishwashers have a triple filter system com-

posed of a Microfilter, a Fine Filter and a Large Ob-
ject Trap.
To Remove the Large Object Trap: Figure 30
1. Turn the ring handle (as shown in Figure 30)

1/4 turn counter-clockwise and lift out.
2. Lift out the large object trap for inspection.
3. If large solids, such as bones, large seed(s), or Take out Large Object Trap, Microfilter
paper labels are present, remove them by hand. and Fine Filter to inspect and clean.
The Large Object Trap can also be flushed out
by holding it under running water.
4. If necessary, the micro and fine filters can be
removed at this time.
To Re-insert the Large Object Trap in the

Dishwasher:
1. Press the filters firmly into position.
2. Turn 1/4 turn clockwise until locked.
Figure 31
3. Pull gently to ensure that it is locked
in place.
CARE AND CLEANING
Check Wash Arms
The wash arms should be checked periodically to
ensure that the spray orifices are clear and unob-
structed. If the wash arms require cleaning they
are easy to remove and replace:
1. The lower wash arm simply snaps into

place. Pull gently upwards to remove
it.
2. The upper wash arm is held in position
by a locking nut. Turn the locking ring Figure 32a
approximately 1/8 turn clockwise to re-
lease the arm. See Figure 32.
3. After cleaning, reinstall the wash arms.
For SHU 6800 Models
Only:
Clean Stainless Steel Tank Normally, the bottom door
seal should not be cleaned. If
and Inner Door
necessary, wipe only with a
Clean the outer edges of the inside door panel dry clean cloth.
regularly to remove food particles that can gather
there from normal loading. If spots begin to ap-
pear on the stainless steel tank or inner door, check
to make sure that the rinse agent reservoir is full.
Clean Outer Door

Colored Doors
Use only soft cloth that is lightly dampened with
soapy water. Do not use paper towels or an abra-
sive cloth.
Stainless Steel Doors:

Figure 32b
Use a soft cloth with a non-abrasive stainless steel
cleaner. For best results, apply stainless steel
cleaner directly to the cloth, then wipe the sur-
face. Do not use metal scouring pads to clean
the stainless steel surfaces as these can scratch
the surface and leave metal fragments that can
rust.
Clean Door Gasket

Clean the door gasket regularly to remove food Gasket
particles that can gather from normal loading. If
necessary clean the door gasket using a damp Figure 33
cloth.
SELF-HELP
Dishwashers may exhibit problems that are unrelated to a malfunction of the dishwasher itself. The
following table may serve to answer your question about a problem you are having without having to
call a repair person.
PROBLEM POSSIBLE CAUSE

Dishes do not dry Rinse-aid dispenser is empty. Fill rinse-aid dispenser.
Indicator light(s) do A fuse may have blown or a circuit breaker tripped. Replace fuse or
not come on reset circuit breaker at your fuse box/breaker box.
Dishwasher does not Door of dishwasher not properly closed. Close dishwasher making
start sure that door latches.
Dishwasher runs a long If the dishwasher completes the cycle, but the run time seem
time exceptionally long it is probably due to cold incoming water. To avoid
this problem it is recommended that before starting the dishwasher:
open the hot water faucet at the sink nearest the dishwasher and
run the water until it runs hot. Then turn off the water and start the
dishwasher.
Machine cycle does Water line is closed or inlet filter is blocked. Open water valve and/or
not advance to rinse check inlet filter.
Water not pumped Kink in drain hose. Filter clogged. Kitchen sink clogged. Air gap (type
from dishwasher installed at sink) clogged. Check drain hose and fine and coarse
filters (see section titled CARE and CLEANING). Check kitchen sink to
make sure it is draining well. If problem is kitchen sink not draining
you may need a plumber rather than a serviceman for the dishwasher.
Detergent dispenser A program was not completely finished.
lid will not close
Lower spray arm does Remove lower spray arm and clean arm and spray arm mounts.
not rotate freely
White deposits left on Too little rinse-aid.
dishes
Streaks on glassware Too much rinse-aid used.
Rattling noises Utensils not properly arranged.
Suds in dishwasher Incorrect type of detergent used. Use only automatic dishwasher
detergents.
Unsatisfactory • Incorrect amount of detergent or rinse agent.
washing result • Utensils incorrectly arranged or rack overloaded.
• Wash arm rotation blocked by utensils.
• Filters not properly fitted into position.
• Clogged nozzles in wash arm(s)
• Unsuitable program selected.
Table 5
MODELS FEATURES
SHU/SHI 6800 Series

Model
M
SHU 5310 Series
SHU 4300 Series
SHU 9910 Series
SHU 9920 Series
SHU 3300 Series
SHU 3030 Series
SHU 5300 Series

SHV 4800 Series
SHV 4300 Series

Features O
SHU 3300 DLX

Chart D
E
L
S
FEATURES
Stainless Steel Bosch TallTub™ • • • • • • • • • • •
Bosch Flow-Through Heater™ • • • • • • • • • • •
161°F Wash Temperature • • • • • • • • • 151°F •
Four-level Wash • • • • • • • • • • •
Condensation Drying • • • • • • • • • • •
Bosch Sensotronic™ • • - - - - - - - - •
Bosch Top Rack Only™ Wash • - • - - - • - - - -
Power Scrub Plus Cycle • • • • • • • • • - •
Power Scrub Cycle - - - - - - - - - • -
Scrub Wash Cycle • • - - - - - - - • •
Regular Wash Cycle • • • • • • • • • • •
Delicate/Economy Cycle • • • • • • • - - - •
Quick Wash Cycle • - - - - - - - - - -
Rinse & Hold Cycle • • • • • • • • • • •
Nylon Racks • • • • • • • • • • •
Height-Adjustable Upper Rack • • • • • • • - • - -
Flip Tines on Bottom Rack • • • • • • • - - - •
Electronic Controls • • • • • • • • • - •
Delay Start • • - - - - - - - - •
Digital Countdown Display • • - • - - - - - - •
LED Sequence Indicator - - • - • • • • - - -
Bosch AVS™ Silence Rating 46 50 48 54 54 54 48 56 54 57 52
Exceptionally Low Water Usage • • • • • • • • • • •
Triple Filter System • • • • • • • • • • •
“Refill Rinse Agent” Light • • • • - - • - - - •
Cycle Completion Signal - - - - - • • - - - -
ACCESSORIES CHART PART NUMBER

SS door with SS handle (SHV Series only)* SGZ 1005 UC
SS door frame and front (SHU Series only; accepts SS panel only)* SGZ 1025 UC
Almond door frame and front (Accepts almond panel only) SGZ 1024 UC
Heavy-duty white door frame kit** (For 1/8” to 1/4” panels) SGZ 1042 UC
Heavy-duty black door frame kit** (For 1/8” to 1/4” panels) SGZ 1046 UC
Adaptor kit for 60 cm cabinet SGZ 1040 UC
Extra large knife rack SGZ 1000 UC
Glass rack insert for bottom rack (max. ht. 13.5”) SGZ 2004 UC
Table 6 *SS = Stainless Steel
BOSCH DISHWASHER FEATURES DESCRIPTIONS
Bosch AVS II™ Silence Rating: A two-pump motor system, suspension motor,and triple
insulation make Bosch the quietest dishwashers in North America.
Bosch SoundSeal™: An added measure of insulation on the SHU 6800 series in the form of a
sound tight seal eliminating noise typically emitted from the toe-kick area.
Bosch Suspension Motor™: By suspending the motor in air, any vibration that may be caused
is eliminated.
Condensation Drying: The combination of a high final rinse temperature, the tub’s cool
stainless steel interior, and the sheeting action of a Rinse Agent result in effective and efficient
drying. The closed condensation drying feature is hygienic, and saves energy and money.
Cycle Completion Signal: An optional beeper which lets you know when the cycle is complete.
Delicate/Economy Cycle: Saves water and energy, while removing loosely attached food from
delicate dishware.
Delay Start: Delay the dishwasher’s start for up to nine hours.
Digital Countdown Display: Lets you know exactly when the cycle will be complete.
Electronic Controls: Easy to use push button controls with programs
Bosch Flow-Through Heater™: Water passes through a heating chamber where it is efficiently
heated to temperatures up to 161°F.
Four-level Wash: Multiple spraying levels provide optimal disbursement of fresh water.
Height-Adjustable Upper Rack: Raise or lower the top rack to fit items up to 14” tall in the
bottom rack, or up to 10” tall in the top rack.
LED Sequence Indicator: Indicates the current point in the wash cycle, so you’ll know if it’s OK
to add a last-minute dish.
Exceptionally Low Water Usage: Bosch dishwashers use very little water — as low as 2.5
gallons in the Delicate/Economy cycle.
Flip Tines: Fold-down tines in the bottom rack accommodate even large cookware.
Nylon Racks: Eliminate cuts and nicks with nylon-coated racks featuring a five-year warranty.
Power Scrub Plus Cycle: For heavy loads with stuck-on food, this powerful cycle features an
extra 125° pre-wash to soak food loose.
Quick Wash Cycle: Cleans lightly soiled dishes in a short 29-minute cycle. Good for glassware,
coffee cups, etc.
“Refill Rinse Agent” Light: Lets you know when you need to add more rinse agent.
Regular Wash Cycle: Good for everyday loads with loosely attached food.
Rinse & Hold Cycle: If you don’t want to wash right away, use this cycle to rinse the dishware,
then hold it until you have a full load.
Bosch Sensotronic™: Proven scanning technology checks the condition of the water, then
automatically decides whether a second fresh-water fill is necessary.
Scrub Wash Cycle: For stuck-on foods that don’t require soaking, this powerful cycle uses less
water than the Power Scrub Plus Cycle.
Stainless Steel Bosch Tall Tub™: Provides the assurance of a lifetime warranty against rust-
through with a hygienic interior surface.
Bosch Top Rack Only™ Wash: When you don’t have a full load of dishes to wash, this feature
washes just those on the top rack, saving water.
Triple Filter System: Three built-in filters ensure the distribution of clean water throughout the
wash cycle, and an added safety feature preventing any foreign materials from clogging the main
pump or drain pump.
CUSTOMER SERVICE
Your Bosch dishwasher requires no special care other than that described in the care and cleaning
chapter. If you are having a problem with your dishwasher, before calling for service please refer to
the Self-Help chapter. If service becomes necessary, contact your dealer or installer or an authorized
service center. Do not attempt to repair the appliance yourself. Any work performed by unauthorized
personnel may void the warranty.
If you are having a problem with your BOSCH dishwasher and are not pleased with the service you
have received, please take the following steps (in the order listed below) until the problem is corrected
to your satisfaction.
1. Contact your installer or the Bosch Authorized Service Contractor in

your area.
2. E-mail us from the customer service section of our web site,
www.boschappliances.com.
3. Write to us at the address below:
BSH Home Appliances, Corp.
4. Call us at: 1-800/944-2904.
Please be sure to include (if writing), or have available (if calling), the following information:
• Model Number
• Serial Number
• Date of Original Purchase
• Date Problem Originated
• Explanation of Problem
Also, if writing, please be sure to include a daytime phone number.
You will find the model number and serial number information on the label located on the right-hand
side of the inner door of the dishwasher. See Figure 1for an example.
Figure 34
Please make a copy of your invoice and keep it with your manual.
Statement of Warranties - Bosch Dishwashers
The warranties provided by BSH Home Appliances LP (“Bosch”) in this Statement of Warranties apply only to Bosch Dishwashers sold
to the first using purchaser by Bosch or its authorized dealers, retailers or service centers in the United States or Canada. The
Warranties provided herein are not transferable.
LENGTH OF WARRANTY SCOPE OF WARRANTY

1 Year Full Limited Warranty Bosch will repair or replace any component part that proves
From Date of Installation* defective under conditions of normal home use free of charge,
labor and shipping costs included. Repair service must be
performed by an Authorized Bosch Service Center (All cosmetic
damages must be reported within 30 days of installation).
2 Year Limited Warranty Bosch will provide replacement parts free of charge for any
From Date of Installation* component part that proves defective under conditions of
normal home use, labor charges excluded.
5 Year Limited Warranty on Electronics Bosch will repair or replace any microprocessor or printed
From Date of Installation* circuit boards that prove defective under normal use during the
second through fifth year from the date of original purchase,
labor charges excluded.
5 Year Limited Warranty Bosch will replace the upper or lower dish rack (excluding
From Date of Installation* rack components) free of charge, if the rack proves defective in
materials or workmanship under conditions of normal home use,
labor charges excluded.
Lifetime Limited Warranty against Bosch will replace your dishwasher with the same model or a
Stainless Steel Rust Through current model that is equivalent or better in functionality if the
From Date of Installation* inner liner should rust through under conditions of normal home
use, labor charges excluded.
Bosch will replace the stainless steel door of any dishwasher if
the door should rust through under conditions of normal home
use, labor charges excluded.
* Date of installation shall refer to the earlier of the date the dishwasher is installed or ten business days after the delivery date.
Exclusions:
This warranty does not cover service calls or repairs to correct the installation of the dishwasher, to provide instructions on the use of
your dishwasher, to replace house fuses or correct plumbing or the electric wiring in your home or to repair any dishwasher that’s use
was in a manner other than what is normal and customary for home use. In addition, the warranties provided in this Statement
exclude any defects or damage arising from accident, alteration, misuse, abuse, improper installation, unauthorized service work,
external forces beyond Bosch’s control, such as fire, flood, and other acts of God, or installation not in accordance with local electrical
and plumbing codes. Labor charges incurred in the repair or replacement of any dishwasher after the one year from date of
installation shall not be covered by this warranty. Any and all replaced and/or repaired parts shall assume the identity of the original
for purposes of the applicable warranty period.
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. BOSCH DOES NOT
ASSUME ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

TO OBTAIN WARRANTY SERVICE, CONTACT THE NEAREST BOSCH AUTHORIZED SERVICE CENTER OR CALL 1 - 800 / 944 - 2904,
OR WRITE BSH HOME APPLIANCES CORP. DIRECTLY AT: 5551 McFADDEN AVENUE, HUNTINGTON BEACH, CA 92649. BE SURE TO
PROVIDE YOUR DISHWASHER’S MODEL, SERIAL NUMBER, PURCHASE DATE AND THE SELLER’S NAME AND ADDRESS.1

Idducdk9 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Idducdk9 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Page A-1 B A

Measuring resistances from the front

measure water measure

VT-b-3 (to b3) 1

1st Edition/Revision 1 Tuesday, August 8, 2000

Installing jumper for control modules for

Control Module Part # 266746

NOTE: Remove existing jumper from old SHU/I 53

1st Edition/Revision 1 Tuesday, August 8, 2000

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Quick Check Chart

To check Measure If yes If no

1st Edition/Revision 0-A Tuesday, May 11, 1999

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Quick Check Chart

To check Measure If yes If no

ü NTC ü At control module, ü NTC probably is OK. ü Turn off dishwasher

1st Edition/Revision 0-A Tuesday, May 11, 1999

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Quick Check Chart

To check Measure If yes If no

ü Circulation ü At control module, ü Circulation motor may ü Turn off dishwasher

ü Detergent ü Resistance through ü Actuator motor may be ü Turn off dishwasher

1st Edition/Revision 0-A Tuesday, May 11, 1999

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Quick Check Chart

To check Measure If yes If no

To use test program for troubleshooting, measure voltages/currents as parts come

1st Edition/Revision 0-A Tuesday, May 11, 1999

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Quick Check Chart

G SHU/I 53/68 G Press and hold "Scrub Wash" &

1st Edition/Revision 0-A Tuesday, May 11, 1999

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart

Problem Possible Cause Suggested Action

1st Edition/Revision 0-B Wednesday, August 9, 2000

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart

Problem Possible Cause Suggested Action

ü Standing water in dishwasher ü Turn off dishwasher, drain water

1st Edition/Revision 0-B Wednesday, August 9, 2000

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart

Problem Possible Cause Suggested Action

1st Edition/Revision 0-A Tuesday, May 11, 1999

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart

Problem Possible Cause Suggested Action

1st Edition/Revision 0-A Tuesday, May 11, 1999

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart

Problem Possible Cause Suggested Action

1st Edition/Revision 0-A Tuesday, May 11, 1999

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart

To use test program for troubleshooting, measure voltages/currents as parts come

G SHU/I 53/68 G Depress and hold "Scrub Wash" &

1st Edition/Revision 0-A Tuesday, May 11, 1999

SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart

• 20-60 psi (1.4 - 4.1 bars) water pressure

1st Edition/Revision 0-A Tuesday, May 11, 1999

SHI/U 43/53/68 Dishwasher Test Programs

* To skip a test: SHI/U 43 models Press SCRUB WASH button.

SHU 43 models program buttons & indicator lights:

1st Edition/Revision 2 Tuesday, June 27, 2000

SHI/U 43/53/68 Dishwasher Test Programs

* To skip a test: SHI/U 43 models Press SCRUB WASH button.

SHU 4322 & 4326 MODELS

0 = No faults detected 2 = Heating fault 8 = NTC (temperature sensor) fault

1st Edition/Revision 2 Tuesday, June 27, 2000

SHI/U 43/53/68 Dishwasher Test Programs

* To skip a test: SHI/U 43 models Press SCRUB WASH button.

0 = No faults detected 2 = Heating fault 8 = NTC (temperature sensor) fault

VT-b-3 (to b3) 1